best time to road trip nz

The BEST New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary in 2024

• Last Updated: April 10, 2024

Read on for an epic New Zealand road trip itinerary for a bucket list journey of a lifetime!

New Zealand is spectacular. At times it seems as though there is picture-postcard scenery at every turn.

For many travellers, a New Zealand road trip is pretty close to the top of their travel bucket list.

Whether you’re hiring a campervan or car, exploring New Zealand with your own set of wheels is the best way to experience this rather stunning area of our planet. 

The North Island and the South Island both offer incredible scenery and attractions for a New Zealand road trip.

Whether you plan to explore one or both islands, we’re going to dive into the top things to see and do in New Zealand for an epic road trip.

Table of Contents

Where to Start Your New Zealand Road Trip

Driving in new zealand , hiring or buying a vehicle, responsible travel in new zealand, how long is this new zealand road trip , bay of islands and the northland, coromandel peninsula , mount maunganui and rotorua , lake taupo and the tongariro national park , waitomo and the forgotten world highway ,  mount taranaki to wellington , ferry crossing from wellington to picton, picton to the abel tasman national park , abel tasman national park to kaikoura, kaikoura to the west coast via the arthurs pass national park , hokitika to haast , haast to wanaka, wanaka to queenstown, queenstown to milford sound or doubtful sound, the sounds to the catlins national park , catlins national park to the otago peninsula , otago peninsula to mount cook national park, mount cook to akaroa, akaroa to christchurch , planning your new zealand road trip.

Before you can get started on your New Zealand road trip we want to walk you through a few decisions you’ll need to make.

We’ll discuss transport and safety on the roads, as well as responsible travel. We want to provide you with a little information that will make your road trip safer and more enjoyable.

Then we’ll talk about the highlights of both the North Island and the South Island of New Zealand so you can plan your road trip itinerary!

Most people will fly into Auckland on the North Island and make their way south, or fly into Christchurch on the South Island and make their way north or further south for their New Zealand itinerary.

For this New Zealand road trip itinerary, we’re going to start in Auckland and finish up in Christchurch .

However, any New Zealand road trip itineraries can also be done in reverse. The Christchurch to Auckland route can sometimes result in cheaper rental fees due to it being less popular than Auckland to Christchurch.

Before embarking on a New Zealand road trip it’s worth doing some research to get to know the road system a little better.

First, in New Zealand, you drive on the left-hand side of the road. This is not a great surprise as it was formerly part of the British Empire.

Second, you should expect the roads to be narrow and very windy. Driving in New Zealand is not like driving on the open highways of the USA or Australia.

Expect journeys to take much longer than they would in your home country. 

Roads are in excellent condition and people in New Zealand are generally very courteous drivers.

However, during peak travel seasons don’t be surprised if you find yourself behind a huge 6 berth camper van at some point. 

Road conditions are a super important thing to consider when planning a road trip anywhere, but especially on a New Zealand itinerary!

This really depends on how long your New Zealand itinerary will be. If you’re buying a vehicle you will need to add time to the beginning and end of your road trip.

Generally, if your New Zealand itinerary is 6 weeks or less it’s not really going to be cost or time effective to buy a vehicle.

If you have longer than that, however, buying may be the best option.

So get the calculator out and start the number crunching. 

The best way to get around is to rent a car and explore on your own! We recommend Rental Cars , which has the largest range of vehicles for the best value on the market.

“Freedom camping” is limited to certain locations and self-contained vehicles.

If you’re self-contained, this means that you can go for three days or more without dumping waste or water, have a toilet, fresh and wastewater storage and a rubbish bin with a lid. 

There are clear signs where you can and cannot freedom camp and what the vehicle requirements are.

Sadly there are a small number of people that continue to spoil it for everyone by freedom camping where they shouldn’t.

Or they freedom camp in vehicles which are not self-contained or they leave their rubbish for someone else to clear up.

Please don’t be one of these people. 

New Zealand road trip itineraries can last as long or short as you want. We want to share some awesome road-tripping ideas from across the country that can be pieced together as you see fit.

We also have a New Zealand itinerary post that takes you through 1, 2 and 3-week itineraries. You may find this useful in planning how much time to spend in which destinations throughout. Check it out !  

Important Note! Before you book any international trip, we honestly recommend getting travel insurance. You never know when things will go wrong, and medical bills can add up quickly if you get sick or injure yourself overseas.

Our personal recommendation based on our own experience is World Nomads .

New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary – North Island

You’ll begin this New Zealand road trip itinerary on the North Island in Auckland. From here we’ll take you the length of both islands.

Click here for a Google Map of the North Island road trip itinerary

Spend your first couple of days getting over the jet lag and exploring New Zealand’s largest city. Check out the Sky Tower as well as the Auckland Museum and Art Gallery.  

Take a day to get out of the city and explore the city’s beaches and hiking routes before picking up the keys to your vehicle and heading out onto the open road. 

READ MORE: How to travel Auckland like a local !

From Auckland head north to the Bay of Islands. The towns of Paihia and Russell are big draws here.

However, en route make sure you visit the spectacular Tutukaka Coast .

This stunning stretch of coastline is rarely visited and with numerous deserted beaches and awesome views, it offers something very different from Paihia and Russell. 

From the Bay of Islands, you can continue heading north towards Cape Reinga and Ninety Mile Beach.

This off-the-beaten-track area of New Zealand is particularly breathtaking. However, it is noticeably economically depressed in parts.

The vast majority of people lack the time to make it this far as it’s another day’s drive from the Bay of Islands.

If you have the time it’s well worth it, but if your time is limited then you may wish to spend it elsewhere.

From the Bay of Islands, double back on yourself and loop around Auckland before arriving at the base of the Coromandel Peninsula.

Many people will skip this and head on to Taupo or Rotorua.

However, doing this will mean you will miss out on one of New Zealand’s most incredible yet secret destinations. 

One of the highlights of this part of New Zealand is quiet coastal roads that at points hug the ocean’s edge. As you begin to circle around the end of the peninsula you head up into the hills offering some lovely views. 

There is some stunning coastal scenery dotted along the peninsula. Cathedral Cove and the hot water beach to the south of it are particularly lovely spots on the eastern side of the peninsula.  

As you leave the Coromandel Peninsula head towards to small coastal town of Mount Maunganui to check out its gorgeous beach and the stunning views from the top of Mount Maunganui itself. 

After some time in the town of Mount Maunganui head over to New Zealand’s geothermal capital Rotorua.

On the way check out Te Rerekawau and Mclaren Falls , two excellent spots for a break from driving. 

You also have to visit Wai O Tapu Thermal Wonderland on your trip to New Zealand. As part of the Okataina Volcanic Centre, Wai O Tapu has the coolest geothermal views and landscapes.

From Rotorua hop on the Thermal Explorer Highway and head down towards Lake Taupo and the central region of New Zealand’s North Island 

READ MORE: Be sure to consider these things to do in Rotorua !

After following the Thermal Explorer Highway from Rotorua you will arrive at Lake Taupo, the North Island’s adventure capital.

Every New Zealand road trip must include a stop in Taupo. Its central location allows you to branch out to other areas of the North Island without having to double back on yourself.

After getting your fill of adrenaline activities in Taupo head towards the stunning Tongariro National Park along the south edge of the lake.

Expect stunning views, especially if you’re travelling around sunset. 

The Tongariro National Park is stunning and is home to numerous excellent hikes.

Make sure you base yourself around Whakapapa where there are several accommodation options including an excellent holiday park for those travelling in a campervan.

Whakapapa is the starting point for many hikes and is very close to Mangatepopo car park , the starting point for the Tongariro Crossing , regarded as one of the best one-day walks in the world

Check out our New Zealand itinerary and our article on the top 25 things to do in New Zealand for some additional suggestions on things to do in both Taupo and the Tongariro National Park. 

For this section of the New Zealand itinerary, there is a bit of doubling back on yourself. However, I promise it’s worth it. 

From the Tongariro National Park head north towards the tiny town of Waitomo just a stone’s throw from the town of Te Kuiti , which prides itself as being the sheep shearing capital of the world. 

Spend your time in Waitomo deep underground exploring the area’s caves , with the Lost World being the pick of the bunch. 

From Waitomo double back on yourself and head to the town Taumarunui and hop on the spectacular and rarely visited Forgotten World Highway .

Running through some gorgeous New Zealand countryside the highway ends in the town of Stratford , very close to Mount Taranaki.

With its almost perfect cone, Mount Taranaki reminds many of the more well-known Mount Fuji. The area is home to some spectacular hikes. 

From Mount Taranaki head towards the east coast and follow it all the way down New Zealand’s wet and windy capital, Wellington .

There are numerous tiny beach towns to stop at on the way, with windswept Hitamangi being a decent place to spend the night. 

If you’ve skipped the sections from Tongariro to Taranaki, then an alternative route is the rather lovely road that follows the Mangawhero and Whanganui Rivers all the way to the coast offering some spectacular scenery en route. 

Spend your time in Wellington at the Te Papa Museum to learn about New Zealand’s history.

Head up to Mount Victoria for some lovely views over the city. And spend at least one evening eating and drinking on Cuba Street .

READ MORE: Check out these other great things to do in Wellington !

New Zealand South Island Road Trip

New Zealand South Island road trips are more common and, honestly, more adventurous than those on the North Island.

But clearly, if you’re visiting New Zealand you should plan to see both the North and South Islands. If you’re short on time, however, and you can only visit one island, the South Island has more dramatic scenery and adventure activities.

Click here to check out a Google Map of the South Island road trip itinerary .

Park up on the ferry and get ready to enjoy some spectacular views as you come toward Picton through the Marlborough Sounds on your crossing to the South Island of New Zealand.

This is, of course, weather-dependent. I’ve done this crossing twice, once in the winter and once in the summer.

The former was a crossing of wind and rain and not much else. Check out this map of the South Island to provide some frame of reference for your trip and add to your itinerary beyond our recommendations below.

This section of our New Zealand South Island road trip is littered with some awesome stop-off points.

There are plenty of hikes and places to explore on the edge of the Marlborough Sounds as you follow the coast around reaching the small city of Nelson.

There’s plenty to keep you occupied here for a few days. 

Beyond Nelson, it’s a straight shot to Kaiteriteri , a town on the very edge of the Abel Tasman National Park.

There is plenty of great hiking through the park. But you should also consider kayaking in Abel Tasman National Park .

READ MORE: Be sure to add these things to do in Nelson while you’re there.

This area of New Zealand always leads to difficult decisions. Head straight to the West Coast via Murchison and the Buller Gorge, cut across the South Island via Hammer Springs, or loop back around via the Marlborough Wine Region. Decisions decisions. 

Since we’re planning to head to Kaikoura, we’re going to look at the latter two options (don’t worry we will get to the west coast I promise). 

If you’re a fan of wine and coastal scenery then head to Kaikoura via the Marlborough Wine Region stopping in at various vineyards along the way.

The alternative is to head for Hammer Springs via the Buller Gorge. Spend a night in Hammer Springs soaking in hot pools or just enjoying the scenery, then hot foot it down to Kaikoura. 

Kaikoura is one of the wildlife capitals of New Zealand. The vast majority of this can be found in the waters surrounding the peninsula which is home to a staggering array of wildlife.

Whether you want to watch whales and albatross, swim with dolphins, or kayak with seals it’s up to you. 

From Kaikoura head south and back to the West Coast via the stunning Arthurs Pass National Park .

Although this route does involve some extra kilometres on the road, I promise you it’s absolutely worth it. 

This gorgeous National Park is rarely visited in comparison to others in New Zealand. There are numerous hikes available as well as plenty of places to simply pull up and enjoy the scenery. 

The Jackson Retreat Alpine Holiday Park is a great option for those who want to spend a night in the area.

As well as spectacular views over the national park itself, the park also has its own glow worm trail and hike to a lovely waterfall. 

Coming via Arthurs Pass will spit you back onto the west coast just north of Hokitika , a town famous for its gorge and beaches.

If you want to can double back north along the west coast road toward Punakaiki and Westport before doubling back on yourself and heading back down towards Hokitika. 

From Hokitika, it’s a straight shot south down the wild west coast to the small town of Haast . On your way, you will pass through glacier country.

Around both the Franz Josef and Fox glaciers numerous short hikes offer some pretty amazing views. 

The views on the entire journey down are pretty spectacular, no doubt you’ll be stopping plenty of times to take photos. 

From Haast, you have 2 options. Follow the Haast Pass through to the beautiful Wanaka.

Or head due south to Jackson Bay , the end of the line on the west coast.

The latter of these offers empty roads and stunning desolate beaches. With small mountains jutting out of the land a couple of hundred metres from the ocean’s edge, the view when taking a dip is stunning.

If you head down to Jackson Bay then double for Haast and then take cross the Haast Pass through to Wanaka. 

The journey through the Haast Pass is full of stunning scenery, short hikes, and some gorgeous waterfalls with the blue pools being particularly beautiful.

Make sure you have a good pair of walking boots as Wanaka is full of awesome hiking trails offering some breathtaking views. 

Many people also choose to go hiking in Mount Aspiring National Park on the way to Wanaka.

READ MORE: Check out more activities in Wanaka .

Make sure your camera is charged because this drive is a beauty.

Taking you past the stunning Crown Range and The Remarkables as you enter Queenstown this journey is truly special. 

I’d also recommend heading up to the tiny town of Arrowtown which is in between Wanaka and Queenstown.

From Queenstown take a day trip up to the stunning little town of Glenorchy . This drive is also an absolute stunner. 

READ MORE: Be sure to add these great Queenstown activities to your itinerary!

No doubt about it, the drive from Queenstown to Te Anau is an absolute stunner.

From here the road splits; north to Milford Sound and South to Doubtful Sound.

From Te Anau to Milford Sound is probably more spectacular than the route down to the edges of Lake Manapouri from where Doubtful Sound cruises depart. 

Milford Sound is one of the most popular destinations in the country and is a must on a road trip of New Zealand’s South Island. Many people visit Milford Sound as a day trip from Queenstown.

But if you’re driving your own car on a road trip, you have the luxury of visiting Milford Sound on your own time and spending some time there. Then you can continue on after seeing the famous Milford Sound.

However, of the sounds, it is Doubtful Sound that I feel is the more spectacular of the two.

At 3 times the length and 10 times the area of its more well-known cousin, it is simply awe-inspiring. 

This gorgeous but rarely visited national park is bypassed by the main SH1 highway, enjoying a calm and carefree life far away from the majority of travellers that flock to New Zealand’s shores.

Winding country roads, breathtaking coastal scenery, and oodles of hiking trails are just the start of this part of your road trip.

Head down Curio Bay and Porpoise Bay to experience some of the park’s most famous residents – the curious Hectors Dolphins that are sometimes keen to come to socialise with swimmers. 

From the Catlins head to the gorgeous Otago Peninsula . This is another wildlife haven with albatross viewing and seal kayaking on offer.

At night head over to the Royal Albatross Centre to watch the Little Blue Penguins returning to their nests after a day hunting out in the open ocean. 

The eastern portions of the peninsula are home to some gorgeous beaches and equally stunning hiking trails which are well worth checking out. 

READ MORE: Plan to do some great hiking on the Otago Peninsula .

This gorgeous drive follows the coast up through the town of Omaru through Twizel and onto one of New Zealand’s most stunning sights – Mount Cook .

As you follow the coast up from the Otago Peninsula make sure you stop in at Omaru to check out the town’s funky steampunk vibe.

If you stay the night there is an additional Little Blue Penguin colony that you can observe in the evening.

From Omaru journey inland towards the small town of Twizel . This is a gateway to Mount Cook National Park, with many using it as a stopping point to maximise the enjoyment of the drive to New Zealand’s highest peak.

This is because the drive along Lake Pukaki , towards Mount Cook is simply breathtaking, and maybe one of the most stunning drives in the country.

Therefore it makes sense to do it first thing in the morning when you have the best light and the fewest people.

The road up to Mount Cook is littered with stunning viewpoints. However, Peter’s lookout is probably the pick of the bunch. 

If you’re in a campervan make sure you head for the Whitehorse campsite . This awesome DOC site is the starting point for the Hooker Valley Trail and the Kea Point Track . 

Also, make sure you check out the hikes around the Tasman Glacier as well. 

This long but stunning drive takes you along the banks of Lake Pukaki and Lake Tekapo. Lake Tekapo is one of New Zealand’s most gorgeous lakes.

Next you’ll head through the heart of Canterbury, and onto the Banks Peninsula , which is one of the most picturesque places in New Zealand. 

Along the south edge of Lake Pukaki stop in at the Alpine Salmon Shop to chow down on some excellent sashimi.

Make sure you check out the Church of the Good Shepherd on the banks of Lake Tekapo.

There are some rather lovely hikes in the area, plus some awesome stargazing to be had from the Mount John Observatory . 

There are a fair few quaint towns that you may want to stop in en route. The small town of Fairlie is famous for its bakery which serves some truly spectacular pies and close proximity to the Mount Dobson ski field.

The small town of Lake Tekapo is also a lovely place to stop. There are lots of hikes and a Dark Sky Reserve where you can stargaze.

If you’re here in the winter then Mount Hutt is another worthy skiing spot. However, you will definitely need snow chains on your tires. 

Bypass Christchurch and make a beeline for the small town of Akaroa , the main town on the stunning Banks Peninsula.

Spend a few days exploring the many hiking trails that crisscross the peninsula.

Head over to Okains Bay to explore and relax on this stunning and often deserted beach. 

If you fancy getting up close to some of the area’s wildlife there are some excellent dolphin swimming and watching tours .

Christchurch is the final stop on this NZ road trip. A short drive from Akaroa, it certainly makes a pleasant change 

Christchurch is well known for its botanical gardens and cathedral. The latter is still being held up with a mixture of structural support and scaffolding after the 2011 earthquake.

It’s still fenced off, acting as a timely reminder of New Zealand’s precarious position at the hands of Mother Nature. 

READ MORE: Check out some of the best things to do in Christchurch !

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Richard Barnes

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

Whanganui Journey in New Zealand – The Ultimate Guide [2024]

The Ultimate Guide to New Zealand’s South Island in Winter

5 Best Adventure Activities In Taranaki, New Zealand

Related Posts

Kayaking in doubtful sound – everything you need to know, 21 fun things to do in nelson, new zealand, 21 best queenstown walks – ultimate hiking guide [2024], 2 thoughts on “the best new zealand road trip itinerary in 2024”.

Do you have any info on hotels , B&B’s to stay at in New Zealand, north and South Island?

Hi Marion, that is awesome you are travelling to NZ. Best to hop online and check out the reviews for places and see which one suits your budget and location. All the best and have a great trip.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Nomadic Matt's Travel Site

Travel Better, Cheaper, Longer

The Ultimate New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary

With its snow-capped mountains, ancient glaciers, rolling verdant hills, incredibly friendly locals, and abundant world-class wine, New Zealand is as wonderful as you’ve heard. In fact, take what you’ve heard and times it by ten. Because New Zealand will simply blow your mind when you visit.

People think because it’s a small country, you can see it all in two weeks. Unfortunately, that’s not true. There’s a lot to do here. From the north island to the south island, you need a lot of time here to see the highlights. You could literally fill months with activities and still only scratch the surface. New Zealand may be small but it punches above its weight with things to do.

But what if you don’t have months? What do you do then? What route do you take? What island should you start with? Where do you go?

Or what if you do have a month to spend? Then what? Where do you begin planning your New Zealand itinerary?

Below are my suggested itineraries that can help you plan your New Zealand road trip for maximum efficiency. Whether you have two weeks, one month, or even longer, these itineraries will ensure that you see the highlights and get off the beaten path.

New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary

New Zealand Itinerary Highlights

Choosing the right vehicle.

• Two-Week North Island Route
• Two-Week South Island Route
• One Month Itinerary
• Things to Remember

Note : Two weeks is the minimum recommended time for a New Zealand road trip. There’s so much to see and do here, yet you still don’t want to be rushed or spend all your time in the car. If you only have two weeks, focus on one island.  

• Hike the Franz Josef Glacier
• See the Waitomo Glowworm Caves
• Visit Hobbiton
• Experience a Maori Cultural Show
• Hike the Tongariro Alpine Crossing
• Go skydiving or bungy jumping
• Explore Fiordland National Park

Want more info on these activities (and many others)? I cover them all below!  

• Travellers Autobarn
• Wicked Campers

Prices vary a lot. Your daily rate will change depending on where you pick up the vehicle, if you are dropping it off at a different place, how long you are renting it for, how far in advance you book, and when you book (in the high season, prices seem to double!).

If living out of a van for a few weeks doesn’t sound like your idea of a fun time, simply rent a normal car and book accommodation along the way. To book a car, check out Discover Cars , which searches rental agencies big and small to find the best deals.

If you plan to drive New Zealand, you can use this widget to get a free quote for your car rental:

New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary: A Two-Week North Island Route

Days 1–2: auckland.

Spend some time hanging out on the Auckland Domain, go snorkelling on Goat Island , and if you love wine like I do, take a wine tour on Waiheke Island .

For a list of more things to do in Auckland, check out my guide to the city!

Where to Stay : The Albion – This historic accommodation began as a “pub hotel” in the 19th century. Today there’s still a nice old tavern in the hotel. The rooms are comfortable and the place is quiet.

Days 3-4: Bay of Islands

While you’re here you can visit the Waitangi Treaty Grounds (one of the most important historical sites in the country), explore Cape Reinga (the northernmost point of New Zealand), and see wild dolphins on a boat tour .

For a list of more things to do in Bay of Islands, check out my complete guide!

Where to Stay : Haka Lodge – Located in Paihia, Haka Lodge has a lot of common spaces, a large kitchen, and great views over the harbor. Everything is super clean and the beds are comfortable. It’s a good place to meet people.

Day 5: Hobbiton

To see Hobbiton, you’ll have to take a tour that starts with a drive through the owner’s 505-hectare (1,250-acre) sheep farm, offering epic views over the Kaimai Range. From here, you can explore Bag End, wander around the hobbit holes, and visit the Green Dragon Inn. Tours start at 89 NZD.

Where to Stay : Cosy Country Stay B&B – This is a cute bed-and-breakfast located in Matamata just a few miles from Hobbiton. The hosts are fantastic, there’s complimentary breakfast, and the property is quiet and tranquil, with roaming cats and goats for added atmosphere.

Days 6–7: Rotorua

The Maori were the original inhabitants of New Zealand, having arrived from Polynesia between 1320 and 1350. This is the best area to learn about Maori history and culture . Don’t miss seeing a Maori cultural show while you’re here (the Te Pa Tu Maori Cultural Experience is the one I attended).

The region is also known for its geothermal activity, and the dynamic landscape makes for exciting nature walks, trips to smelly sulfuric geysers, and soaks in luxury spas with water from the hot springs.

Where to Stay : Rock Solid Backpackers – This is a centrally located hostel with an expansive array of facilities, including a cinema, a bar, a communal kitchen, and even a rock-climbing wall.

Day 8: Waitomo

You can walk, abseil, or float down an underground river to see them. A 45-minute rafting trip is the standard visit, but if you want to go abseiling (also known as rappelling) there’s a five-hour option too. Prices start at 55 NZD for a boat tour and 195 NZD for extended tours with abseiling.

For a complete list of things to do in Waitomo, check out my guide on the town.

Where to Stay : Juno Hall – Close to the glowworm caves, Juno Hall has a swimming pool and tennis court on-site. There’s a large kitchen as well as an outdoor grill for barbecuing.

Days 9-10: Taupo

It’s also one of the best places to go skydiving in New Zealand thanks to the views and clear skies (though I didn’t do this while I was there).

I loved the small-town feel of Taupo, sitting by the lake, and being able to do so many hikes. I could have stayed here for weeks.

For a list of more things to do in Taupo, check out my guide!

Where to Stay : Finlay Jack’s has a huge kitchen, a big common room, a spacious patio with BBQs, fun and welcoming staff, bike rentals, and a super friendly hostel dog. Everything in the hostel is updated, with new, modern pod-style beds so you can get a great night’s sleep. In short, everything a backpacker or budget traveler would want from a hostel.

Day 11: Tongariro Alpine Crossing

As you wind your way through Tongariro National Park, you’ll walk through volcanic terrain (including where Mordor in Lord of the Rings was filmed), past high peaks and sulfur lakes, and end the day in a dense forest. It’s easy in parts (the beginning and end) and steep in others (especially the portion after “Mount Doom”), so you’ll get a good mix of difficulty levels.

Be sure to bring water, sunscreen, a hat, toilet paper, and a sweater or jacket (the weather can change rapidly). Expect to pay around 50 NZD per person for a round-trip shuttle to and from the trail or 325 NZD for a full-day guided hike .

Where to Stay : National Park Alpine Lodge – Located in National Park Village (the best place to stay if doing the trek), this lodge features budget-friendly private rooms, a communal kitchen and common area (with a cozy fireplace for cold nights!), and a helpful staff.

Otherwise, you can stay in Taupo, which is where people usually base themselves when they do this trek.

Days 12–14: Wellington

Be sure to visit Te Papa (New Zealand’s national museum), ride the cable car to the Cable Car Museum, and tour Weta Workshop (an Academy Award–winning props and special effects studio).

For a list of more things to do in Wellington, check out my detailed guide to the city.

Where to Stay : The Marion – This boutique hostel is just blocks away from everything you’ll want to see. It’s cozy, with comfy beds and large bathrooms, and the staff really go out of their way to make you feel welcome. It’s a clean, social spot to relax and meet other travelers.

If you’ve only got two weeks and are ending your 14-day New Zealand itinerary in Wellington, you can fly out of the airport here to wherever you need to go next. If you have more time, you’ll take the car ferry (around 3.5 hours) to Picton on the South Island to continue your trip (in which case, follow the following two-week South Island itinerary, but in reverse).  

New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary: A Two-Week South Island Route

If you choose the South Island for your two-week road trip, start in Queenstown. Even if your international flight lands in Auckland on the North Island, you can easily get a cheap flight to Queenstown. Queenstown also has direct flights to many major cities in Australia if your trip to New Zealand is part of a larger adventure in Oceania.

Days 1-3: Queenstown

Known as “the adventure capital of New Zealand” (it’s the launching pad for every sort of adventure activity you can think of), Queenstown lives up to the hype. Even though it has become hugely popular, I cannot express my love of Queenstown enough. I love sitting by the lake, watching the sunset with a bottle of wine, and hiking the nearby trails.

Explore nearby vineyards, enjoy the waters of Lake Wakatipu, or go bungy jumping, ziplining, rafting, or skydiving . There’s a lot to do here.

For a list of more things to do in Queenstown, check out my detailed city guide.

Where to Stay : Nomads Queenstown – Most rooms have balconies, the showers have excellent water pressure, and the pillows are thick. There are activities every night and a free dinner and quiz night on Sunday. Overall, this is a great place to stay.

Days 4-6: Fiordland

Milford Sound is an amazing fjord that’s best known for the towering Mitre Peak and its surrounding rainforest. You can walk the wooded trail along the sandy shore for perfect views of the peak, or take the Chasm Walk on the Cleddau River to get close to powerful waterfalls.

The fjord itself is home to seal and penguin colonies. You can often see pods of dolphins frolicking in the waters too. Explore by boat and check out the Milford Discovery Centre and Underwater Observatory to see rare black coral and other underwater life. Southern Discoveries is the only company doing cruises that include the Underwater Observatory. Cruises start from 165 NZD .

While less well-known than Milford, Doubtful Sound is the deepest and second-largest fjord in the country. You can only get to Doubtful via boat. A wilderness cruise of Doubtful Sound costs 299 NZD.

Where to Stay : Milford Sound Lodge – This is quite literally the only place to stay within about 50 kilometers (31 miles). It’s not cheap, but the views are unmatched, the complimentary breakfast is delicious, and the contemporary rooms are cozy yet modern. Otherwise, if you have a car, you can stay in the closest town, Te Anau where you’ll find cheaper accommodation.

Days 7-8: Wanaka

For a list of more things to do in Wanaka, check out my detailed city guide.

Where to Stay : Mountain View Backpackers – This hostel has a huge outdoor space with a grill, space to lie in the sun, and a big table to congregate around (there were many enjoyable nights spent drinking wine outdoors).

Day 9: Franz Josef Glacier

Hiking the glaciers here is an unforgettable experience. Sadly, because they have receded and are melting quickly due to climate change, the caves and walks have been shut down. Now, the only way to trek on the glaciers is via heli-hike ( an epic half-day or full-day helicopter/hiking experience ). These are expensive (500 NZD), but the helicopter ride, trekking, and experience as a whole are worth the price in my opinion.

Conversely, you can just hike to the glacier face and take photos from a distance. There are tons of viewing points (and you’ll see photos of just how far the glaciers have receded over the years).

Where to Stay : Chateau Backpacker & Motels – Just a ten-minute drive from the glacier, this lodging offers free homemade soup every night, free breakfast (homemade waffles and pancakes!), two communal kitchens, and a hot tub.

Days 10–11: Abel Tasman National Park

The best way to see the park is by kayak, so you can explore the little coves and beaches that really make the area special. Full-day rentals start at around 110 NZD, or you can join a guided kayaking tour starting at 190 NZD. You can also take a scenic cruise around the park for 95 NZD.

Where to Stay : Marahau Beach Camp – Offers both dormitories and small private cottages, a communal kitchen, and a seasonal restaurant. There are also tent and campervan sites if you want to save money.

From here, pick your last stop: either drive onwards to Christchurch and end there or take the ferry over to Wellington (an adventure in and of itself!) and end there. Either way, you’ll be able to catch a cheap and quick flight back to Auckland for your international flight home.

If you’re heading to Christchurch, keep reading. If you’d like to visit Wellington, scroll back up and follow the tips in the North Island itinerary section.

Days 12-14: Christchurch

While there’s not a lot “to do” per se, the vibe here is really relaxed, and it’s worth not rushing through if you aren’t short on time. Be sure to ride the gondola , visit the Canterbury Museum, and tour Quake City (a unique and interactive museum that recounts personal stories from the 2010 and 2011 earthquakes).

For a list of more things to do in Christchurch, check out my city guide.

Where to Stay : Urbanz – This is an awesome hostel located in downtown Christchurch with friendly staff and a huge kitchen. There’s also a hostel bar, a pool table, fast Wi-Fi, laundry, movies, and comfy couches, as well as a parking lot.

If you need to get back to Queenstown, it’s a 6 hour drive from here. Alternatively, you can fly to Auckland. The flight is just over an hour and tickets can be found for as low as 65 NZD if you book in advance.  

New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary: One Month

Again, these are just recommended itineraries — I encourage you to adapt as needed!  

Things to Remember When Road-Tripping New Zealand

To help you make the most of your road trip, please remember the following rules:

• Traffic flows on the left here (not the right, like in the US or Canada).
• You must always park your car in the direction that traffic is going (or risk a fine).
• There are plenty of pull-off points for taking photos — use them instead of stopping at a random spot along the side of the road, which can be quite dangerous given how tight the roads are here.
• Roads here are winding, so remember that it might take longer than you expect to cover a particular distance.
• As long as your current and valid driver’s license is in English, you don’t need an International Driver’s Permit.
• If you’re traveling by campervan, use the CamperMate app to find nearby campsites, gas stations, and dump stations.

New Zealand is an unforgettable country, loaded with epic landscapes, friendly Kiwis, and a rich culture. Due to its remote location, visiting is usually a once-in-a-lifetime trip for most travelers. Taking a road trip is the best way to make the most of your time here, tailoring your itinerary to your own preferences and New Zealand bucket list.

Book Your Trip to New Zealand: Logistical Tips and Tricks

Book Your Flight Use Skyscanner to find a cheap flight. They are my favorite search engine because they search websites and airlines around the globe so you always know no stone is left unturned!

Book Your Accommodation You can book your hostel with Hostelworld as they have the biggest inventory and best deals. If you want to stay somewhere other than a hostel, use Booking.com as they consistently return the cheapest rates for guesthouses and cheap hotels.

If you’re looking for specific places to stay, here is a complete list of my favorite hostels in New Zealand .

Don’t Forget Travel Insurance Travel insurance will protect you against illness, injury, theft, and cancellations. It’s comprehensive protection in case anything goes wrong. I never go on a trip without it as I’ve had to use it many times in the past. My favorite companies that offer the best service and value are:

• Safety Wing (best for everyone)
• Insure My Trip (for those over 70)
• Medjet (for additional evacuation coverage)

Looking for the Best Companies to Save Money With? Check out my resource page for the best companies to use when you travel. I list all the ones I use to save money when I’m on the road. They will save you money when you travel too.

Want More Information on New Zealand? Be sure to visit our robust destination guide on New Zealand for even more planning tips!

Got a comment on this article? Join the conversation on Facebook , Instagram , or Twitter and share your thoughts!

Disclosure: Please note that some of the links above may be affiliate links, and at no additional cost to you, I earn a commission if you make a purchase. I recommend only products and companies I use and the income goes to keeping the site community supported and ad free.

Related Posts

Get my best stuff sent straight to you!

Pin it on pinterest.

• facebook-official
• youtube-play
• pinterest-circled

New Zealand in 3 Weeks (21 Days): Road Trip Itinerary [2024]

Nz pocket guide is 10 years old. thank you for trusting us with your trip for over a decade, the ultimate 3-week new zealand road trip itinerary.

You might have heard a thousand times that three weeks is not enough to see New Zealand . However, you can see a hell of a lot in 21 days if you have a sense of adventure! That’s what this three-week New Zealand itinerary entails with a mix of landscapes, activities and experiences on both the North Island and the South Island . Sure, you’ll be spending some time behind the wheel, but you’ll also be spending time hitting the most popular New Zealand sights and attractions.

Three weeks (or 21 days) in New Zealand is enough time to experience wildlife, Maori culture, landscapes and adventure activities this country is famous for. What’s more, three weeks allows you the time to explore the country in a number of ways, whether it’s renting a car or campervan or hopping on a bus with like-minded travellers. All of that and more will be explained in the travel itinerary below, as well as how to plan this itinerary the EASY way with First Light Travel – more on that at the bottom of the itinerary.

New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary for 3 Weeks (21 Days): Overview

• Day 1 – Arrive in Auckland
• Day 2 – Auckland to Hahei (Coromandel)
• Day 3 – Hahei to Waitomo (via Karangahake Gorge)
• Day 4 – Waitomo to Rotorua (via Hobbiton)
• Day 5 – Rotorua to Taupo/Tongariro National Park
• Day 6 – Taupo/Tongariro National Park
• Day 7 – Tongariro National Park to the Ruahine Ranges
• Day 8 – Adventure in the Ruahine Ranges
• Day 9 – Ruahine Ranges to Wellington
• Day 10 – Wellington to Picton
• Day 11 – Picton to Nelson
• Day 12 – Nelson or the Abel Tasman National Park
• Day 13 – Nelson to Punakaiki (via Nelson Lakes)
• Day 14 – Punakaiki to Franz Josef
• Day 15 – Franz Josef to Wanaka
• Day 16 – Wanaka to Queenstown
• Day 17 – Queenstown or Milford Sound
• Day 18 – Queenstown to Mt Cook
• Day 19 – Explore Mt Cook
• Day 20 – Mt Cook to Geraldine (via Lake Tekapo)
• Day 21 – Geraldine to Christchurch

How to Get Around New Zealand in 3 Weeks

We’re not going to beat around the bush there is going to be a lot of driving – A LOT. If you can handle it, then get yourself a rental vehicle and continue down to the itinerary below. Otherwise, if driving for almost 21 days does not quite sound like the trip you were imagining, then consider travelling New Zealand by bus.

Here are your options when it comes to travelling New Zealand in three weeks:

Car or Campervan Rental

The itinerary below begins in Auckland and ends in Christchurch . Because of this, we recommend searching for a car rental company with a low (or no) one-way fee. Get started with planning your vehicle rental in New Zealand with The Guide to Renting a Car and The Guide to Renting a Campervan in New Zealand .

National Bus (InterCity)

By far the cheapest option for getting around New Zealand is by coach. Get one of the InterCity bus passes to hit all of the destinations listed below. For more information, see How to Travel by Bus in New Zealand .

Hop-on Hop-off Bus Tour

A hop-on hop-off bus is a flexible bus tour where you can hop off the bus at any point on the route and jump back on the bus at a later date. There are a few hop-on hop-off bus companies in New Zealand that offer national bus passes with a minimum travel time of around 20 days, which you can discover for yourself in Hop-On Hop-Off Buses in New Zealand: Complete Guide + How Do They Work .

Escorted Bus Tour

All the logistics are sorted out for you, so all you need to do is enjoy. There are a number of bus tour companies offering 21-day tours around New Zealand following a similar itinerary to what is featured below, yet including accommodation, some meals and some activities. Check them out in The Best 20+ Days Tours of New Zealand .

There are a few more transport options, which we list in the  10 Best Ways to Travel Around New Zealand .

Day 1 – Arrive in Auckland

Drive time: 0 hours

Welcome to New Zealand! Now, we’re guessing you took a long flight to get here and where else to recover than Auckland ?

Before hitting the road, take some time to explore New Zealand’s largest city otherwise known as the “City of Sails”. It’s also the city of volcanoes, many of which you can explore. Climb Mt Eden for some of the best views of the city, or take a ferry out to Auckland’s youngest volcano, Rangitoto Island . On the other hand, if you want to relax after your flight, enjoy the bars and eateries of the city using The Food Guide to Auckland .

Things to Do in Auckland

• Walk on the volcanic and wildlife-filled island of Rangitoto Island
• Take a whale-watching cruise with Auckland Whale and Dolphin Safari (more info on Viator and Klook )
• See the city from the top of the Sky Tower , the Southern Hemisphere’s tallest building (on Viator and Klook )
• Walk to Mt Eden for more awesome views
• See T-rexes and Maori artefacts at the Auckland Museum (on Viator and Klook ) …

… And the list continues over at the 50 Best Things to Do in Auckland .

Accommodation in Auckland

• ibis budget Auckland Central
• Empire Apartments
• Attic Backpackers

More cheap stays can be found in the  20 Best Budget Accommodations in Auckland .

• SkyCity Hotel Auckland
• Auckland City Hotel
• Ramada Suites Victoria Street West

There’s a lot more where that came from in The 50 Best Accommodations in Auckland !

• SO/ Auckland
• The Hotel Britomart
• voco Auckland City Centre

See more stays in the 25 Best Luxury Hotels & Accommodations in Auckland .

Day 2 – Auckland to Hahei

Drive time: 2 hrs 15 mins

Now it’s time to hit the road and start travelling New Zealand! First up, head to Hahei in the Coromandel for some of the best beaches on the North Island.

Things to Do in Hahei

• Hike to the famous Cathedral Cove and its beach with white cliffs and a giant coastal arch
• Take a boat tour with Hahei Explorer to Cathedral Cove
• Explore beaches and islands with Cathedral Cove Kayaks
• Go to Hot Water Beach at low tide to dig yourself a hot pool in the sand.

For more ideas, head to the  22 Best Things to Do in The Coromandel .

Accommodation in Hahei

• Hot Water Beach TOP 10 Holiday Park
• Hahei Holiday Resort
• Tatahi Back Packer

See more like this in the  10 Best Budget Accommodations in the Coromandel .

• The Church Accommodation
• Tatahi Lodge Beach Resort
• Hahei Beach Apartment

For more mid-range stays, take a look at the  15 Best Hotels & Resorts in the Coromandel .

Day 3 – Hahei to Waitomo (via Karangahake Gorge)

Drive time: 3 hours

Your final destination today is Waitomo , famous for its glowworms and caving activities. Before you get there, don’t miss the Karangahake Gorge , halfway through the drive. There are a number of walking tracks in the area between 45 minutes to 4 hours going through a historic mining area taken back by the forest and the river. Walk through mining tunnels, through native forest, alongside mining relics and to magnificent waterfalls!

You’ll have the opportunity to explore the Waitomo caves tomorrow, but if you just can’t wait, here are some options:

Things to Do in Waitomo

• Explore the Waitomo caves with one of the 8 Best Waitomo Cave Tours
• Do a walking tour of the Ruakuri Cave  or the Waitomo Glowworm Caves
• Do the Ruakuri Bush Walk  at night to see glowworms
• Go on a caving adventure with Waitomo Adventures , The Legendary Black Water Rafting Co. (more info on Viator and Klook ) or Cave World Waitomo .

Check out the  15 Best Things to Do in Waitomo for more recommendations.

Accommodation in Waitomo

• Juno Hall Backpackers
• Waitomo TOP 10 Holiday Park
• Waitomo Caves Guest Lodge

Learn more in the  10 Best Budget Accommodations in Waitomo .

• Waitomo Orchard Estate B&B
• Woodlyn Park Motel

See more options in the  10 Best Hotels & Places to Stay in Waitomo .

Day 4 – Waitomo to Rotorua (via Hobbiton)

Drive time: 1 hr 50 mins

If you want to do one of the caving activities in Waitomo  or didn’t get to do one of the Waitomo activities yesterday, this morning would be a great time to do so! Join one of the caving operators in Waitomo, throw on a sexy wetsuit and tube/abseil/climb your way through the Waitomo Caves – compare all of your options in the 8 Best Waitomo Cave Tours .

Once the adventure is over, it’s time to hit the road to Rotorua . Depending on what you prefer, there are things to do along the way to Rotorua, such as Hobbiton in Matamata , or save some time for more things to do in Rotorua this evening.

Things to Do on the Road to Rotorua

• Stop by Otorohanga to see a kiwi bird in the kiwi house or quickly learn a bit of New Zealand history down the Ed Hillary Walkway
• See the Arapuni Swing Bridge , a huge suspension bridge crossing New Zealand’s longest river
• Do the Te Waihou Walkway  to the Putaruru Blue Spring to see some of the purest and clearest water flowing in a stream
• Take a detour to Matamata to visit The Hobbiton Movie Set (more info on  Viator and  Klook ) . This will add an extra 30 minutes to your drive time.

Things to Do in Rotorua

If you get to Rotorua with time to spare, here are a few suggestions.

• Relax in a natural geothermal hot pool. There are paid options, such as the Polynesian Spa (more info on  Klook  or  KKday ) , or go find some of the 5 Free Natural Hot Pools in Rotorua
• See an evening cultural performance at one of the Maori attractions
• Go for a bite to eat on Eat Streat and beyond
• See the forest decorated on the Redwoods Treewalk
• Have a race on the night Luge at Skyline Gondola .

For more recommendations, check out the  25 Best Things to Do in Rotorua .

Accommodation in Rotorua

• Holdens Bay Holiday Park
• BKs Rotorua
• Rock Solid Backpackers

For more options, check out the  20 Best Budget Accommodations in Rotorua .

• Kings On Peace
• Silver Fern Rotorua
• Aura Accommodation

See more stays in  The 50 Best Accommodations in Rotorua .

• Pullman Rotorua
• Regent of Rotorua
• Ngamihi Lodge

More lavish finds are available in the  20 Best Luxury Accommodations in Rotorua .

Day 5 – Rotorua to Taupo or Tongariro National Park

Drive time: 1 hour to Taupo or 2 hr 15 mins to National Park Village

Today, spend some time doing awesome stuff in Rotorua before hitting the road. But why the crazy drive time? Well, if you are into hiking and landscapes, then we suggest that you pass through the town of Taupo and base yourself in the Tongariro National Park so that tomorrow morning, you can tackle the Tongariro Alpine Crossing or another hike in the national park .

However, we know long hikes are not for everyone, so another option is to stay in Taupo which has a huge variety of activities on offer. Find out more about what there is to do in either Taupo or Tongariro National Park in tomorrow’s section. Before then, you have a day in Rotorua to enjoy before hitting the road!

• Geysers, steaming lakes, bubbling mud, silica terraces and so much more can be seen in one of the many geothermal parks of Rotorua
• Catch a Maori cultural performance (if you missed doing so yesterday)
• Do some adrenaline activities Zorb your way in a giant hamster ball down a hill, go luging from the top of the Skyline Gondola , hike or mountain bike in the Redwood Forest , jet boat or do a freefall experience at the Velocity Valley , and so much more!
• See native New Zealand wildlife at Wingspan or National Kiwi Hatchery (more info on Viator and Klook ) .

Again, we have a lot more recommendations in the 25 Best Things to Do in Rotorua .

Accommodation in Taupo

For those who decide to stay in Taupo, here are your best accommodation options:

• Haka Lodge Taupo
• Taupo DeBretts Spa Resort
• Chevron Motel

Check out more options over at the 10 Best Budget Accommodations in Taupo .

• Millennium Hotel Lake Taupo
• Suncourt Hotel

For more, check out the  20 Best Hotels & Places to Stay in Taupo .

• Hilton Lake Taupo
• Flying Trout Boutique Lodge

Discover more upscale finds in the  15 Best Luxury Accommodations in Taupo .

Accommodation in National Park Village

Get closer to the Tongariro Crossing by staying at one of these accommodations:

• National Park Backpackers
• Howards Mountain Lodge
• The Crossing Backpackers

See more options in the  7 Best Hostels in National Park Village & Whakapapa .

• Plateau Lodge
• The Park Hotel
• Tongariro Crossing Lodge

Day 6 – Taupo or Tongariro National Park

Spend the whole day in Taupo or Tongariro National Park doing awesome activities. There’s no driving to do today other than to your chosen activity. Plus, you can stay in the same accommodation as last night.

Things to Do in Tongariro National Park

• Hike the Tongariro Alpine Crossing , taking you over the volcanoes of the central North Island. The 6-8-hour hike is one-way and requires some planning in terms of transport and keeping safe; take a look at our Guide to the Tongariro Alpine Crossing to work out a plan
• Ski or snowboard at Whakapapa Ski Field in winter
• Choose from other hikes in Tongariro National Park, such as Tawhai Falls , Silica Rapids and Taranaki Falls
• Discover the birthplace of the Haka at the historical Opotaka .

For more ideas, check out the  15 Best Things to Do in the Tongariro National Park .

Things to Do in Taupo

• Take a trip out on New Zealand’s largest lake , whether it’s fishing, kayaking, sailing, cruising or parasailing
• Bungy jump over the Waikato River with Taupo Bungy
• Do a skydive with Taupo Tandem Skydive
• Go on a white water rafting trip on the Tongariro River with Tongariro River Rafting
• Walk along the Waikato River to a natural hot pool at Spa Park , then onto Huka Falls
• Sail to the Maori Rock Carvings with Sail Barbary (more info on Viator and Klook ).

For more inspiration, take a look at the 20 Best Things to Do in Taupo .

Day 7 – Taupo or Tongariro National Park to the Ruahine Ranges

Drive time: 2 hours

The mission today is to spend some time in the New Zealand wilderness. Ruahine Forest Park is an awesome place to do that and a local favourite! There are a few different wilderness lodges and camping options in the Ruahine Forest Park, as well as activities from hikes to horse riding to white water rafting.

To break up the journey, stop in Ohakune for a coffee or check out the Mangawhero Walking Track (1-hour loop) to walk in the forests at the base of Mt Ruapehu.

Your final destination today will be at one of the accommodation options listed below. You’ll get more time to explore the area or do an activity there tomorrow.

Accommodation in the Ruahine Ranges

• River Valley Lodge
• Makoura Lodge
• Historic Shearers Quarters
• Mairenui Rural Retreat

Day 8 – Adventure in the Ruahine Ranges

It’s time to relax/go wild in the Ruahine Forest Park ! Whatever your bag is, you could do some white water rafting or horse riding at River Valley , horse riding, 4x4ing or claybird shooting at Makoura Lodge , or hiking in the Ruahine Ranges . Alternatively, relax at your farmstay to get a taste of Kiwi life.

Things to Do in the Ruahine Ranges

• Go white water rafting with River Valley
• Horse trek through the stunning landscape with River Valley Stables or Makoura Lodge
• Hike one of many Ruahine tracks listed in the 25 Awesome Hikes Around Palmerston North .

Day 9 – Ruahine Ranges to Wellington

Drive time: 3 hrs 20 mins

Your final destination today is the capital city of New Zealand! However, we recommend breaking up the drive by stopping along the Kapiti Coast , full of beaches and walks to check out! Walk over a sand dune walkway at Queen Elizabeth Park or relax on Pekapeka Beach . There’s plenty more to discover in the  10 Best Things to Do on the Kapiti Coast .

Once you reach Wellington you have the evening to enjoy the eateries and nightlife of the capital city ! You’ll have more time to explore Wellington on the way back up north.

Accommodation in Wellington

• Microtel by Wyndham Wellington
• The Dwellington
• Trinity Hotel

Need more options? Head to the  15 Best Budget Accommodations in Wellington .

• Willis Village
• U Boutique Hotel
• Quest on Thorndon

Check out The 50 Best Accommodations for all of your best options.

• InterContinental Wellington
• Rydges Wellington
• Sofitel Wellington

See more stays in the 15 Best Luxury Accommodations in Wellington .

Day 10 – Wellington to Picton

Ferry time: 3 hrs 30 mins

Today you have the treat of taking the ferry from the North Island to the South Island ! We recommend a sunrise or sunset sailing for the best prices and the best light for a stunning journey across the Cook Strait and through the Marlborough Sounds – see The Ferry Between the North Island and South Island: Full Guide .

Depending on what time your sailing is, you will either have time to do something in Wellington or Picton . Here are some ideas.

Things to Do in Wellington

• Visit the Te Papa Museum to learn everything there is to know about New Zealand
• Go to Zealandia to see native New Zealand wildlife
• Do a self-guided  Lord of the Rings tour or be guided by Xplor Tours
• Tour the city sights of Wellington from the Waterfront to Cuba Street to the Botanic Gardens to Mt Victoria. Find out more in our   One Day in Wellington: City Walking Tour Itinerary …

… And more as listed in the  25 Best Things to Do in Wellington .

Things to Do in Picton

• Take the Beachcomber Cruises ‘ mail boat cruise out onto the waters of the Marlborough Sounds
• Go dolphin swimming with E-Ko Tours (more info on Viator and Klook )
• Mountain bike the Link Pathway or Queen Charlotte Track
• Kayak around the harbour with Wilderness Guides
• Take a tour of the wine region and do some wine tasting with Sounds Connection .

Learn more about these activities, as well as many others, in the  20 Best Things to Do in Picton .

Accommodation in Picton

If everything goes to plan and you do not miss your ferry then these are some excellent accommodation options in Picton.

• Harbour View Motel
• Waikawa Bay Holiday Park
• Tombstone Backpackers

For more ideas, check out the  10 Best Budget Accommodations in Picton .

• Beachcomber Inn
• Tasman Holiday Parks Picton
• A Sea View B&B

Check out the  20 Best Hotels & Places to Stay in Picton for more details on these accommodations and others.

• Kippilaw House
• Escape to Picton Boutique Hotel
• Bay of Many Coves

Learn more about these stays in the  10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Picton .

Day 11 – Picton to Nelson

Do one of the activities that you missed in Picton yesterday or hit the road to Nelson .

Stop by Havelock to take a boat cruise out into the Marlborough Sounds or join a kayaking tour with Pelorus Eco Adventures down the Pelorus River one of The Hobbit filming locations . For more inspiration, check out the   10 Best Things to Do in Havelock .

Then you will reach New Zealand’s sunniest city, Nelson, where you will have more opportunities to do some of the following activities…

Things to Do in Nelson

• Walk to the Centre of New Zealand found in the Botanic Reserve
• Step back in time and also try some craft beer at Founders Park
• See where the One Ring was made at the Jens Hansen Ringmaker store
• See native birds at the Brook Waimarama Sanctuary
• Treat yourself to local Nelson cuisine …

… And the list continues over in the 20 Best Things to Do in Nelson .

Accommodation in Nelson

• Delorenzo Studio Apartments
• Tahuna Beach Holiday Park
• Tasman Bay Backpackers

There’s a lot more listed in the 10 Best Budget Accommodations in Nelson .

• The Hotel Nelson
• Harbourside Lodge
• Quest Nelson

Check out more options in the   20 Best Hotels & Places to Stay in Nelson .

• The Sails Nelson
• Tides Hotel
• Grand Arden Monaco Nelson

More indulgent options await in the  10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Nelson .

Day 12 – Nelson or Abel Tasman Day Trip

Drive time: 0-1 hour

Nelson is the gateway to three national parks in the South Island. One of which is the Abel Tasman National Park , full of pristine golden sand beaches backed with lush forest. Tours operate from Nelson daily taking you into the Abel Tasman National Park, such as Wine, Art & Wilderness . Either drive to Kaiteriteri yourself (1 hour one way) for maximum flexibility or take one of the shuttle services.

In Kaiteriteri, you have a great deal of Abel Tasman options from kayaking tours, water taxis to hikes, or boat tours…

Things to Do in the Abel Tasman National Park

• Paddle a traditional Maori canoe with Waka Abel Tasman
• Skydive over beaches with Skydive Abel Tasman (more info on Viator and Klook )
• Do some beach-hopping by kayak with Wilson’s Abel Tasman
• Cruise Abel Tasman from Kaiteriteri with Wilson’s Abel Tasman
• Take a hiking a boat cruise of Abel Tasman from Nelson with Wine, Art & Wilderness .

Learn more about these activities and more in the  20 Best Things to Do in the Abel Tasman National Park .

Day 13 – Nelson to Punakaiki (via Nelson Lakes National Park)

Drive time: 3 hrs 45 mins

There’s a fair bit of driving to do today but the beautiful views of the Buller Gorge help pass the time quickly. There are a few quaint towns to stop by for a coffee, such as Murchison . However, to really make the most of the drive we suggest taking a 20-minute detour into the Nelson Lakes National Park to see the beautiful Lake Rotoroa or Lake Rotoiti . Both are very similar in terms of views and short walks available so take your pick!

Once you arrive in Punakaiki , you have plenty of experiences to choose from but don’t miss the Punakaiki Pancake Rocks & Blowholes for their impressive and bizarre rock formations.

Things to Do in Punakaiki

• Do the Punakaiki Pancake Rocks & Blowholes Walk
• Visit the Punakaiki Cavern
• Kayak on the Pororari River with Waka Puna
• Experience Barrytown Beach by horse wagon with Golden Sands Horse and Wagon Tours
• Sample the Paparoa Track , one of the New Zealand Great Walks.

Learn about all of these activities and more in the  10 BEST Things to Do in Punakaiki .

Accommodation in Punakaiki

• Te Nikau Retreat
• Punakaiki Beach Hostel

More details on these hostels can be found in the  5 Best Backpacker Hostels in Punakaiki .

• Punakaiki Beachfront Motels
• Punakaiki Beach Camp
• Tasman Sea Retreat
• Scenic Hotel Punakaiki

Day 14 – Punakaiki to Franz Josef

Head to the West Coast’s Glacier Country where you’ll find some of the world’s most mesmerising glacier experiences. Franz Josef is your opportunity to walk on, crawl inside, fly over, skydive over or walk up to a glacier, as described in the 7 Ways to Take on New Zealand’s Glaciers . Nevertheless, there’s actually more to do here than glacier gallivanting! Check it out in the list below.

Things to Do in Franz Josef

• Do a heli-hike with Franz Josef Glacier Guides
• Do one of New Zealand’s highest skydives over the glacier and the Southern Alps with Skydive Franz Josef & Fox Glacier (more info on Viator and Klook )
• Hike to the Franz Josef Terminal Face
• Relax in the Waiho Hot Tubs
• Kayak on the reflective waters of Lake Mapourika with Franz Josef Wilderness Tours (on Viator and Klook ) .

Get much more details over in the  25 Best Things to Do in Franz Josef .

Accommodation in Franz Josef

• Franz Josef Montrose
• Rainforest Retreat
• Glow Worm Accommodation

Discover more affordable stays in the  10 Best Budget Accommodations in Franz Josef .

• Scenic Hotel Franz Josef Glacier
• Punga Grove
• Bella Vista Motel Franz Josef

Head to the  20 Best Hotels & Places to Stay in Franz Josef for more recommendations.

• Te Waonui Forest Retreat
• Westwood Lodge
• Kahere Retreat

For more details, check out the 10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Franz Josef .

Day 15 – Franz Josef to Wanaka

Drive time: 3 hrs 40 mins

You’ve got a long drive ahead today but plenty of reasons to stretch your legs. You’ll be going through another super scenic road on the Haast Pass where we recommend you stop at Thunder Creek Falls just a minute’s walk from the road. Then don’t miss the Blue Pools of Haast . This is a 1-hour return walk through the forest to some of the clearest and bluest rivers you will ever see!

This evening, you will have the time to relax by the beautiful Lake Wanaka .

Things to Do in Wanaka

• Hike up Roy’s Peak
• Climb a waterfall with Wild Wire Wanaka
• Visit Puzzling World and get lost in their giant maze
• Skydive over beautiful Lake Wanaka with Skydive Wanaka
• Cruise to a sanctuary island on Lake Wanka with Eco Wanaka Adventures .

Head to the 25 Best Things to Do in Wanaka for more ideas.

Accommodation in Wanaka

• Altamont Lodge
• Wanaka TOP 10 Holiday Park
• Mountain View Backpackers

More cheap stays can be found in the  10 Best Budget Accommodations in Wanaka .

• Club Wyndham Wanaka, Trademark Collection by Wyndham
• Archway Motels & Chalets
• The Moorings Motel and Apartments

Check out the  20 Best Hotels & Places to Stay in Wanaka  for more ideas.

• Wanaka Luxury Apartments
• Lime Tree Lodge
• Edgewater Hotel

More recommendations can be found in the  10 Best Luxury Accommodations in Wanaka .

Day 16 – Wanaka to Queenstown

Drive time: 1 hour

Time to hit the “Adrenaline Capital of the World”! Take the Crown Range  route to be the best views on the way to Queenstown. Once there, you have so much to do! Take a look at The Complete Guide to Queenstown or the list below.

Things to Do in Queenstown

• Do a bungy jump; you have three to choose from in Queenstown
• Do a giant swing with Nevis Swing or Shotover Canyon Swing
• Experience the thrills of a jet boat ride
• Go skiing or snowboarding at The Remarkables in winter
• Hike Ben Lomond .

The possibilities are endless, as described in the 45 Best Things to Do in Queenstown .

Accommodation in Queenstown

• Queenstown TOP 10 Holiday Park
• Adventure Queenstown Hostel
• Melbourne Lodge

Choose from more affordable stays in the  15 Best Budget Accommodations in Queenstown .

• Lomond Lodge Motel & Apartments
• The Glebe Apartments
• Alexis Motel & Apartments

Browse all of the top stays in The 50 Best Accommodations in Queenstown .

• QT Queenstown
• Queenstown Park Boutique Hotel
• Hulbert House

Find out more about each premium accommodation in our 20 Best Luxury Accommodations in Queenstown .

Day 17 – Queenstown or Milford Sound

With towering mountains, untouched rainforest and unbelievable scenery, Milford Sound is an unforgettable journey.

To have a break from driving, we recommend taking one of the many bus tours to Milford Sound and then boarding a cruise of the fiord. Bus trips give you plenty of opportunities to hop off the bus and do multiple short walks on the way. For more information, get your head in the 10 Best Milford Sound Tours from Queenstown & Te Anau .

If a 13-hour bus and cruise trip doesn’t appeal, see the 6 Best Scenic Flights to Milford Sound from Queenstown instead.

However, if you want a break from the road, you have plenty more options for things to do in Queenstown listed above as well as some more inspiration in the 45 Best Things to Do in Queenstown .

Day 18 – Queenstown to Mt Cook

If you have not had enough of epic scenic drives, then here’s one more for you through the Lindis Pass on the way to Aoraki Mt Cook National Park.

On the way to Mt Cook, consider stopping by the Highlands Motorsport Park in Cromwell to challenge your travel buddies to go-karting or stop by Omarama for their hot pools with a view. Additionally, there is a pleasant river walk in Twizel .

Once at Mt Cook , you have a lot of options to explore the heart of the Southern Alps with its glaciers, but we’ll get onto that more tomorrow.

Accommodation in Mt Cook

• Mt Cook Lodge & Motels
• Glentanner Park Centre

You know the drill; check out  5 Best Budget Accommodations in Mt Cook .

• Aoraki Court Motel
• Aoraki Mount Cook Alpine Lodge
• Aoraki Alpine Chalet

See the  10 Best Hotels & Places to Stay in Mt Cook for your top options.

• The Hermitage Hotel Mt Cook
• Mt Cook Lakeside Retreat
• Lakestone Lodge

Go high-end with the  5 Best Luxury Accommodations in Mt Cook .

Day 19 – Explore Mt Cook

There are many ways to enjoy the impressive landscape of the Aoraki Mt Cook National Park , from glaciers to lakes to mountains, so you’ll want to spend a whole day doing some or all of the following activities!

Things to Do in Mt Cook

• Walk the Hooker Valley Track
• Land on the Tasman Glacier in a ski plane (more details on Viator or Klook )
• Do a heli-hike on New Zealand’s longest glacier with Mt Cook Glacier Guiding
• Go boating on the Tasman Lake with Glacier Explorers
• Stargaze in the Aoraki Mt Cook International Dark Sky Reserve .

That’s right, you can learn more about these experiences, as well as many others in the  20 Best Things to Do in Aoraki Mt Cook .

Day 20 – Mt Cook to Geraldine (via Lake Tekapo)

Next stop, Geraldine! This is not without an obligatory stop at Lake Tekapo with its vibrant blue lake and the most scenic church in New Zealand, The Church of the Good Shepherd . We have a list of experiences for you in the  10 Best Things to Do in Lake Tekapo .

Stop by the Fairlie Bakehouse for one of their award-winning New Zealand pies, then onward to Geraldine . You have time to either do an activity this evening or tomorrow morning so take your pick from the following!

Things to Do in Geraldine

• Do grade 5 white water rafting on the Rangitata River with Hidden Valleys
• Go canyoning in the Kaumira Canyon with Big Rock Adventures
• Walk in the Talbot Forest Scenic Reserve
• Explore the Orari Gorge Track
• Visit all of the town’s vintage museums, including the Geraldine Vintage Car & Machinery Museum , Route 79 Museum , Roger Mahan Heritage Centre and Geraldine Museum .

All of these and more are listed in the  10 Best Things to Do in Geraldine .

Accommodation in Geraldine

• Geraldine Top 10 Holiday Park
• Waikonini Homestead
• The Empty Nest
• Geraldine Motels
• ASURE Scenic Route Motor Lodge
• Four Peaks Motel
• The Vicarage
• Ngā Whare Mānatu

Day 21 – Geraldine to Christchurch Airport

If you missed any of the awesome activities yesterday, take the time to do them before you hit the road to Christchurch .

Journey through the Canterbury Plains to Christchurch where you now get the chance to explore the South Island’s biggest hub before catching your flight and moving on to your next adventure.

Things to Do in Christchurch

• Wander around the Christchurch Botanic Gardens
• Visit the Canterbury Museum
• Take to the skies in a unique way with Adventure Balloons NZ
• Take a hop-on hop-off tram tour of the city (more info on Viator and Klook )
• Feel the freeze at the International Antarctic Centre
• Try some Kiwi cuisine in Christchurch .

Get more details in the  15 Best Things to Do in Christchurch .

Departure from Christchurch Airport

Then, it’s time to head to Christchurch Airport for the next step of life’s adventure. You can return your vehicle at your vehicle rental company’s Christchurch Airport depot and then the company will likely provide a free shuttle to your requested terminal.

If you’re taking an international flight, remember to arrive at the airport two hours before departure. For domestic flights, such as those to Auckland Airport, get advice from  The Guide to Domestic Flights in New Zealand .

Plan This Itinerary with First Light Travel

If you like this New Zealand road trip itinerary for three weeks but don’t like the hassle of planning everything yourself, then there’s a way to lighten the load. First Light Travel is an online travel agent specialising in road trip itineraries in New Zealand. Plus, using their service is super simple:

• First , send First Light Travel an enquiry by completing their online form
• Then , you’ll receive your customised self-drive itinerary
• Review your itinerary and work with your First Light Travel agent on perfecting it
• Finally , First Light Travel will organise the rest including the bookings.

First Light Travel has access to more than 20,000 travel products, including almost all the tours and accommodations featured on this list (and more). With that and their local expertise here in New Zealand, they will create a well-catered itinerary to meet your needs while also suggesting some dream travel experiences that you may have never heard of. They only work with companies where their past clients have had positive experiences, so you know you’re in good hands.

What’s more, all of the bookings are arranged by First Light Travel, so instead of having to contact each individual accommodation and operator should your travel plans change, any amendments can be done through your FLT agent – easy! Did we mention the service is at no extra cost to you?!

For more information on planning your own New Zealand itinerary, see  How to Create the Perfect New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary . Or better yet, jump on firstlighttravel.com and start making your own itinerary there.

More New Zealand Itineraries for 3 Weeks / 21 Days

That’s it for our New Zealand three-week itinerary but by no means the end of our road trip advice! If this itinerary didn’t take you fancy, see our alternative three-week itineraries:

• New Zealand Budget & Backpacking Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• New Zealand Family Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• New Zealand Honeymoon & Romance Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• New Zealand Luxury Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• New Zealand Food Itinerary: 3 Weeks
• How to Create the Perfect New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary

Finally, be sure to bookmark the  31 Tips for Travelling in New Zealand and  The Best Travel Guide to New Zealand – they’re pretty darn useful too.

The information in this guide has been compiled from our extensive research, travel and experiences across New Zealand and the South Pacific, accumulated over more than a decade of numerous visits to each destination. Additional sources for this guide include the following:

• Waka Kotahi NZ Transport Agency (Road and transport tips - Updated [2024])
• DriveSafe (Road safety - Updated [2024])
• Tourism New Zealand (General travel advice - Updated [2024])
• Department of Conservation (Tracks, hikes, campsites and more - Updated [2024])
• AdventureSmart (Know before you go - Update [2024])
• Tiaki Promise (Care for people place and culture - Updated [2024])
• Council websites and freedom camping maps (Local travel advice region by region - Updated [2024])
• Tourism Export Council New Zealand (Tourism trade association - Updated [2024])
• TIA (Independent tourism association - Updated [2024])
• NZ Māori Tourism (Official Māori Tourism platform - Updated [2024])
• Immigration New Zealand (Visa and immigration advice - Updated [2024])

Our editorial standards : At NZ Pocket Guide, we uphold strict editorial standards to ensure accurate and quality content.

About The Author

This article has been reviewed and published by Laura, the editor-in-chief and co-founder of NZ Pocket Guide. Laura is a first-class honours journalism graduate and a travel journalist with expertise in New Zealand and South Pacific tourism for over 10 years. She also runs travel guides for five of the top destinations in the South Pacific and is the co-host of over 250 episodes of the NZ Travel Show on YouTube.

Was this article useful?

Related posts, new zealand luxury itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days 🍷 [2024], new zealand family itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days 👪 [2024], new zealand food itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days 🥝 [2024], new zealand budget & backpacking itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days, new zealand honeymoon & romance itinerary: 3 weeks / 21 days, recommended for you, north island 1 week (7 days) road trip itinerary (auckland to wellington), north island in 2 weeks: new zealand road trip itinerary 🚗⛰️ [2024], the best way to spend 7 days in the south island, destinations, travel tips, connect with us, accommodation.

Welcome/Kia Ora By using this website you agree to our Privacy Policy and terms of use within it which includes sponsored posts and affiliate links.

Connect with us

Welcome/Kia Ora! By using this website you agree to our Privacy Policy and the terms of use within it.

© 2024 NZ Pocket Guide. Contact – Disclaimer – About Us – Our Standards

• Skip to main content
• Skip to secondary menu
• Skip to footer

ZigZagonEarth

Plan unforgettable road trips!

How to plan your New Zealand Road trip (North and/or South)

Last updated on December 14, 2023 by Claire Robinson - this article contains affiliate links. If you purchase through them, I get a small commission ( more )

Time to plan your New Zealand Road trip! There is so much to do that planning can be overwhelming. Below is my guide to help you go step by step and decide where to go, define your itinerary and prepare for you trip to New Zealand.

STEP 0 – Essentials to know before planning a New Zealand Road Trip

Let’s start with a few essential facts to keep in mind before planning your road trip around New Zealand:

Be reasonable in your planning because:

• There are lots and lots and lots of places to see in New Zealand (see my best-of list )
• It is bigger that one imagines (because we always compare it to its huge neighbour Australia) 
• Most roads are winding – especially in North Island – so plan extra time to get from point A to point B
• You will want to stop everywhere for the amazing scenery!
• Always  check the road status  – sometimes they are working on one-lane bridges which blocks the whole road and you would have to do a huge detour to get to your destination ( see the NZTA website )

Other essentials:

• There are one lane bridges, some of them are long – but generally it is easy to drive in New Zealand
• January gets really crowded when New Zealanders take their holidays, and the week of the Chinese New Year is also crowded. However crowds in New Zealand way way smaller than crowds in Paris 🙂
• Pack layers . With the mountains the weather can change, with storms and fog. Be ready for all types of weather.

STEP 1 – Decide your best time to visit New Zealand

When to visit new zealand – the weather.

New Zealand has 4 seasons :

• Spring – September to November – average temperatures 16 to 19°C (61 to 66°F)
• Summe r – December to February – average temperatures 20 to 25°C (68 to 77°F)
• Autumn – March to May – average temperatures 17 to 21°C (62 to 70°F)
• Winter – June to August – average temperatures 12 to 16°C (53 to 61°F)

Good to know:

• Rainfall – The North of North Island gets more rain in Winter. However rainfall is evenly spread throughout the year on the South Island.
• Snow – Mountains are covered in snow in South Island in Winter.
• Changing weather – In South Island you have tall mountains, so weather can change rapidly and from one valley to the next. Once Lake Pukaki was totally clouded, but just 30min away at the beautiful Omarama Clay Cliffs I had a beautiful blue sky.

Best time to visit New Zealand – Other criteria

The other points to consider when deciding when to travel in New Zealand are:

• Crowds – we are not talking about huge crowds like in major cities in Europe, but the Summer months are the busiest with the New-Zealanders’ holidays in January and the Chinese New Year
• Prices – Of course, during the Summer months, prices are up because of demand. And you should book early in big hubs like Queenstown because it fills up.
• Driving conditions – In Winter some of the mountain passes and the roads between Queenstown and Wanaka can be covered in snow, or worse black ice.
• Daylight – You will have longer days to drive around in Summer.

New Zealand Seasons – Summary

Spring (sept/oct/nov).

• Still some snow on the summits
• Spring flowers blooming
• Less tourists
• Can be quite cold in the South Island

Autumn (Mar/Apr/May)

• Autumn foliage
• Some snow appear on the summits

Summer (Dec/Jan/Feb)

• Touristic season
• Warm and long days
• January is the school holiday – very busy

Winter (June/July/Aug)

So when to travel to new zealand.

There is no right and wrong answer. Summer is often there preferred season for longer days and warmer temperatures. Shoulder months (November and April) would be enjoyable with still comfortable temperatures but less tourists around. And if you like snow sports then Winter is for you.

You can read  my complete guide about the best times to travel to New Zealand including wildlife, activities, prices…

STEP 2 – Where to go in New Zealand – Regions and Map

Overview new zealand road trip map.

Let’s start with New Zealand map to help you locate the various regions listed below:

North vs South island circuit

If you are limited in time for you road trip in New Zealand, you should select only one of the islands. But which one is better? It is difficult to say. You can check my complete article comparing both islands , but here is a summary:

• Less time driving – Tie
• Driving Ease – South Island
• Variety and beauty of Views – South Island
• Best Drives – South Island
• Most amazing Natural wonders – North island
• Most stunning Beaches – Tie
• Variety of Wildlife – South Island
• Interests of Towns – North Island
• Quality of Cultural attractions – North Island
• Better Climate – North Island
• Lesser Crowds – South Island
• Better Food and wine offering – Tie
• OVERALL = SOUTH ISLAND, but not by much

NZ road trip destinations – North Island

Below, I am not listing every corners of New Zealand, but I am showing you the most famous regions to consider for your circuit:

North of Auckland, the narrow area is famous for its beaches and forest. Highlights include:

• Cape Reinga and Te Paki sand dunes
• The Bay of Islands
• Tane Mahuta and the old Kauri tree forest

Auckland is the largest city in New Zealand. It is located towards the North where the land narrows. Often referred to as the City of Sails. Highlights include:

• Cruising to the islands
• Climbing to the top of the Mt Eden volcano for great views

Coromandel peninsula

The Coromandel peninsula is located South East of Auckland. It is famous for its coastal cliffs and beaches. Highlights include:

• Cathedral cove, a giant archway and seastacks
• Hot water beach, where you can dig in the sand to soak in burning water

Rotorua – Taupo

The region of Rotorua-Taupo is in the heart of North Island. It is a geothermal wonderland combined with lots of Maori cultural experiences. Highlights include:

• All the geothermal valleys : Wai-o-tapu, Whaka, Waimangu, Orakei, Te Puia…
• Maori villages
• Lakes, springs and forests

South of Lake Taupo lies the Tongariro National Park, around active volcanoes. Highlights include:

• Many hikes for different degrees of fitness
• The Tongariro Alpine Crossing, the most famous day hike in NZ

Another volcanic region on the West Coast, near New Plymouth. It centers on Mt Taranaki. Highlights include:

• The perfect volcanic cone of Mt Taranaki, with hikes on its slopes
• The black sand beaches 

Capital city of New Zealand at the South end of North Island. Highlights include:

• Te Papa museum
• The cable car with great views over the city
• This is where the ferry to South Island departs

NZ roadtripping destinations – South Island

And now for the most famous regions on South Island:

Abel Tasman National Park

On the North Coast of South Island, the Abel Tasman National Park is a favorite for Nature lovers. Highlights include:

• Coastal forest and long sandy beaches
• Dolphins and seals

Located of the North East Coast, Kaikoura has a special situation tucked between a high mountain range and a deep sea canyon. Highlights include:

• Whale Watching
• Swimming with wild dolphins
• Walking around the peninsula where the land moved up over 1m after the last earthquake

Lake Pukaki

​In the center of South Island, ​the Lake Pukaki region has beautiful glacial lakes and high mountain peaks. Highlights include:

• Lake Tekapo and Lake Pukaki
• Hiking opportunities around Mt Cook
• Dark Sky Reserve to see the stars at night

Dunedin – The Catlins

Located on the South East Coast, the Catlins are often overlooked for shorter trip, but if you have the time it is worth driving all the way down. Highlights include:

• Victorian buildings in Dunedin and Oamaru
• Wildlife experiences with Albatrosses, penguins, dolphins…
• Moeraki boulders
• Giant Cathedral caves
• Waterfalls…

Probably the most famous town in South Island, known as the adventure capital of the world. Highlights include:

• The beautiful Lake Wakatipu
• Glenorchy and the view towards Mt Aspiring National Park
• Adrenaline activities: jet boats, bungee jumping …

​Fiordland is often a favorite for travelers. The towering cliffs and deep waters are fascinating. Highlights include:

• Milford Sound and the road to get there
• Doubtful Sound and its absolute silence

West Coast Glaciers

On the Central West Coast the high mountains end into the sea. It is a favorite spot to access glaciers.Highlights include:

• Fox Glacier and Franz Josef glaciers
• Lake Matheson and its reflective views

Stewart Island

Third largest island in New Zealand, located South of South Island. Highlights include:

• Slower lifestyle
• Beaches 
• Nature bush walks
• Bird watching

You can find all the highlights listed above and more in my Digital guides to help you easily plan your road trip:

Plan your dream trip to New Zealand with my guides!

• 12 easy-to-plan maps
• 200+ pre-selected locations
• GPS coordinates 
• Useful planning tips
• 285+ large photos 

• 6 easy-to-plan maps
• 90+ pre-selected locations
• 150+ large photos 

• 110+ pre-selected locations
• 190+ large photos 

STEP 3 – How long to road trip around New Zealand

Well that is a difficult question…

Minimum time to visit New Zealand

Considering how far away New Zealand is, I recommend a minimum of 2 weeks unless you are flying from Australia. However with 2 weeks , trying to do both islands is very intense. You have to really pick where you want to go. If you want to check out both islands and not feel rushed, then 3 weeks is better.

Time to tour all of New Zealand

For a circuit that cover all regions of both islands, visiting all the major highlights in each, I think you need:

• 2 months with an intensive itinerary, 1 month for each island
• or 3 months for a more relaxed paced, 1 month and a half for each island
• And, of course, if you want to go more in-depth in each region, then you need longer… 

Driving times

To give you a little bit of an idea, below is a map with the driving times (when not stopping). Remember that New Zealand is full of volcanoes and mountains, so sometimes, even if it looks close-by, it can take a long time to reach a place.

Flight times in New Zealand

You can also road trip in the North and then take a plane and road trip in the South. Flight times are:

• Auckland to Wellington = 1h05
• Auckland to Christchurch = 1h25
• Auckland to Queenstown = 1h55

Your required NZ budget really depends on how long you are traveling, where you are staying, how far you are driving and the activities you choose. Backpacking can help you save on your budget. 

With mid-level accommodations, a rental car (with full insurance), quite a lot of driving, not much eating out and some activities, I spent (without the flights) 190 euros a day.

I don’t drink coffee

But I also like other drinks and sweets! Do you like the free content you find on my blog? All my tips and practical information, without intrusive advertising…

STEP 4 – How to get to New Zealand 

Airports in new zealand.

The easiest way to arrive in New Zealand is by plane.

International airports are:

• Auckland (AKL) – largest airport, most international flights arrive here (unless you come from Australia)
• Wellington (WLG)
• Christchurch (CHC)
• Queenstown (ZQN)
• Dunedin (DUD)

Visa to visit New Zealand

• Travelers from many countries are allowed a 3 month tourist visa – they just need to fill a form online for an eVisa – Check out here
• enter your country HERE to find out if you need more

Ferry between North and South islands on an NZ road trip

If you want to keep the same car during your complete NZ road trip, you can take the ferry between North and South Islands. It carries cars and trucks. During summer period, it is advised to book as soon as you get your rental car and have your plate number. Check out ferry options

STEP 5 – Rent your car for a road trip in New Zealand

If you fly in, it is now time to rent your car. You can find all the international brands and some local brands at the big airports and terminal ferries.Here are a few tips:

• Most cars are automatic – I don’t have specific recommendations for size or motor. Driving is quite easy in New Zealand.
• You don’t really need a 4WD, especially as most companies do not allow you to drive offroad even with a 4WD for insurance reasons
• Pick a company that has offices on both island, so that it is easier in case of issues
• Make sure you have a trunk big enough so that all your stuff can go inside and be hidden, so as not to tempt thieves
• Our favorite platform is Discover Cars

Need to rent a car in New Zealand ?

• Compare prices on my favorite platform:   Discovercars.com – one of the best rated comparison sites!
• Prefer a car with enough power for the mountain areas
• Consider their full coverage option – it for peace of mind! 
• Book early to have a large choice of vehicles!

See all my tips

Or you can rent a van or a motorhome, if you want to have more freedom and combine housing with vehicle.  I don’t have any company to recommend at this time.

STEP 6 – Create your New Zealand Itinerary

Now that you have dates and transportation, you “just” have to decide on your New Zealand road trip itinerary.

For some inspiration you can check my articles about: 

• the  best things to do in North island  
• and the best things to do in South Island .

And you can use the maps and planning info in my eBooks that help you easily plan you ideal road trip.

Be overwhelmed by the beauty not the planning !

New Zealand road trip itinerary planning – essentials

When planning your itinerary don’t forget to consider the following essentials:

• DRIVING TIMES  – Always plan more time to go from point A to point B than what Google says. You will want to stop all the time to admire the scenery and the roads might have animals or traffic
• DAYLIGHT HOURS – Check out the daylight time you have available when you are traveling – how long you have to see all the sites during the days 
• CHECK OUT ROAD DIFFICULTY –  In my eBook, I indicate the roads that are a little more difficult. If you are not purchasing one, read forums to make sure you feel comfortable driving there
• PLAN FLEXIBILITY – the weather can change quite fast. So plan to be flexible. 
• CHECK TIDE TIMES   – several attractions require a visit at low or high tide to be able to access to see specific events (eg. Cathedral cove , Cathedral caves, Tunnel beach, Moeraki boulders , Wharariki beach …) – So if those are very high on your bucket list, plan first to be there at the right tide and organize around it.

You can also check my

• 4+ suggestions for North island itinerary
• 4+ suggestions for South Island itinerary
• Suggestions for 2 to 3 week itinerary covering North and South Island

STEP 7 – Book your NZ Accommodations

Nz hotels and more.

There is a very large choice of accommodations in New Zealand – You can find something for everyone’s taste:

• Motels, 

I personally like the practicality of motels. They are mostly quite good, with a minimum kitchen, easy parking, easy access.

You can find a lot of choice on  Booking.com . This is where I booked almost all my stays.

Check out my article about the best places to stay in New Zealand.

Camping in New Zealand

Camping is also a popular option in New Zealand with tents, in a van or in a motorhome. It does have the advantage that you are closer to nature. And it gives you more flexibility in your planning. Plus in some regions of New Zealand, freedom camping is allowed. Just note, that it can get cold during the night. Pack accordingly.

• Campsites and Holiday parks – you can find some great options near all the touristic attractions. They provide safe and well-equipped stays with powered and unpowered sites – You have to check in
• Camping areas managed by the Department of Conservation – Those 250+ campsites with very basic amenities and managed on a trust basis. There is a box to check in and pay.
• Freedom Camping – yes you can freedom camp in NZ but no you can’t do it everywhere. There are ‘no camping’ zones and private land where you can’t. Plus some areas allow freedom camping but only with an approved vehicle. Check out the website Freedomcamping.org

STEP 8 – Pack for a NZ road trip

Classic clothes. Nothing special to think about. Check my overall  preparation and packing checklists  to help you.

And don’t forget: 

• Layers for rain and for colder nights in the evening and in the mountains
• Sunscreen – you can burn quickly in NZ!
• Hiking shoes

And regarding electronics and other equipments, I recommend

• Photography equipment
• GoPro for swimming with dolphins
• An extra battery to recharge your phone – you will want to take many photos and videos!
• I also recommend binoculars to see the whales, penguins and albatrosses, as well as the glacier tongues – see my guide to help you choose your binoculars

Binoculars to be able to admire all the details in the scenery and monuments ( see my guide )

Thermal Blanket. They don’t take a lot of space and it is safer to have one when driving in Winter or hiking

Power strip + adapter to be able to charge all my equipment at one

And bring a notebook to write don all the emotions triggered by the wonderful landscapes of New Zealand!

Get your Travel Notebook for your New Zealand Road Trip

STEP 9 – Get ready to drive in New Zealand

You just have to be aware that:

• Roads are almost never straight (except a few in the South island valleys)
• Animals can appear in the middle of the road, mostly sheep (although not as much as in other countries I have done road trips)
• Most bridges are just one lane. Make sure you check the sign to see who has priority.
• A few landmarks are accessible via gravel roads. They are mostly in good shape. Just plan some time in your itinerary to wash your car (e.g. after the Catlins). And know that your insurance may not cover breakdowns on gravel roads.
• The only driving difficulties I experienced were around Auckland. It is jammed all the time…

Check out the video and tips in my article about driving in New Zealand .

STEP 10 – Get ready for your New Zealand trip

Knowing a few words in the local language is always appreciated. The official languages are English, Maori and the Sign language.

When meeting Maori people, it is always nice to know a few words

• Kia ora = Greetings / Hello / Good luck
• Haere rā = Goodbye / Farewell
• Kai = to eat
• Haka = to dance or perform

Lots of fish, lamb, barbecue, burgers and avocado and english style recipes (meat pies, fish and chips…)

Other tips for your New Zealand Trip

• Emergency number is 111
• Plug is 230V, Type I (angled 2 or 3 pins)
• Tap water is safe and good
• Tax is normally included
• Wifi can be found free of charge in many cafés and in public libraries
• Tipping is not mandatory – if the service was really good, you can add to the included service charge – taxi fares can be rounded up

Plan your dream trip in New Zealand thanks to my guide

• 12 maps to easily plan your itinerary
• GPS coordinates direct to the carparks
• Winter tips to make the most of your time
• 285+ original photos to help you choose

Want to see more of NEW ZEALAND?

PREVIOUS: 

12 wonders off the beaten track in New Zealand

NEXT: 

NEW ZEALAND NORTH ISLAND ITINERARY – 4 OPTIONS

Ready for an unforgettable road trip?

Reader Interactions

January 22, 2020 at 6:21 PM

Very easy to consume the content in this article…you are clearly talented We are on our way to NZ for 25 days to see family and sights, you guide has been very useful.

January 22, 2020 at 7:50 PM

Thanks so much for taking the time to write this 🙂 I am glad you are finding it useful. I wish you a wonderful trip! Claire

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Par Claire Robinson Region Lovers SARL 76600 Le Havre FRANCE VAT FR21845103191

Follow ZigZag on Facebook

Follow ZigZag on Pinterest

Website in French: ZigZagvoyages.fr

Website in German: ZigZagreisen.de

Website in Spanish: ZigZagviajes.com

And discover the French regions:

Normandielovers.fr LoireLovers.fr CorsicaLovers.fr Provencelovers.fr

Privacy / Terms of Use / Disclosure Policies / Refund policy

Become an affiliate for the ZigZag road trip guides

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. ZigZagOnEarth.com is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to Amazon.com, Amazon.uk and Amazon.ca

• Work With Me

The Ultimate New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary 2023

• September 19, 2022 January 2, 2023

The Absolute Best New Zealand Road Trip Route:

Stop 1: Auckland

Stop 2: waiheke island, stop 3: matakana & omaha beach, stop 4: bay of islands, stop 5: cape reinga, stop 6: waipu caves (glow worms), stop 7: hot water beach, stop 8: mount maunganui, stop 9: hobbiton, stop 10: rotorua, stop 11: lake taupo, stop 12: tongariro alpine crossing, stop 13: hawke’s bay, stop 14: wellington, stop 15: marlborough, stop 16: kaikōura, stop 17: christchurch, stop 18: lake tekapo, stop 19: lake pukaki, stop 20: aoraki / mount cook, stop 21: queenstown, stop 22: glenorchy, stop 23: milford sound / piopiotahi, stop 24: arrowtown, stop 25: lake wānaka, stop 26: fox glacier & franz josef glacier, stop 27: hokitika gorge, stop 28: abel tasman national park, stop 29: nelson.

Most international flights to New Zealand arrive in Auckland, so it’s the ideal first stop on your New Zealand road trip.

If you’re going to be doing your New Zealand road trip in a car, campervan or RV, I would recommend picking this up when you leave Auckland (after Waiheke Island) because parking in the city can be costly.

Auckland is the largest city on the North Island, based around two large harbours.

I would recommend spending 2 nights here to visit the Sky Tower , Auckland War Memorial Museum , Viaduct Harbour and Mount Eden, as well as great food and drink in the hip Ponsonby neighbourhood.

Also, be sure to check out some of Auckland’s great breweries.

Waiheke Island is a pristine spot just off the coast of Auckland, which has been named one of the most beautiful islands in the world.

As well as being home to wonderful beaches, Waiheke Island is also a wine-producing region with great vineyards to visit.

The best vineyards on Waiheke Island are Tantalus Estate , Te Motu Vineyard and Man O’ War Vineyards (or you could join a wine tour to see even more in one day).

Not a fan of wine? You can spend your day on Waiheke exploring world famous beaches like Onetangi Bay (great sunsets) and Palm Beach .

To get to Waiheke Island, you need to catch the ferry from Downtown Auckland, Devonport or Half Moon Bay (vehicle crossings available).

Once on the island, you can catch public transport around the island or use the Hop-On Hop-Off Explorer Bus Tour .

After leaving Auckland/ Waiheke Island it’s worth heading a few miles west to check out black-sand Piha Beach with its impressive rugged landscape.

Your next stop on your New Zealand road trip is the stunning Matakana Coast, less than 1 hour north of Auckland.

The small town of Matakana has become a trendy getaway destination for Aucklanders in recent years, offering great breweries, artisan food and boutiques.

Don’t miss the famous Matakana Village Farmers’ Market , 8 Wired Brewing Barrelworks , Matakana Oysters , The Vintry Wine Bar and Fired Pizza Company .

After enjoying a couple of hours in Matakana, you need to go to Omaha Beach .

Omaha Beach is accessed by a beautiful wooden boardwalk, and offers some of the whitest sand in New Zealand.

Whilst here, don’t miss Ti Point, a small peninsula opposite Omaha Beach with amazing turquoise blue water.

Another great beach in the area is Anchor Bay Beach which is found within Tawharanui Regional Park (this is where you can find the very rare wild kiwis using a red light torch after dark!).

Bay of Islands is an area made up of more than 140 subtropical islands with idyllic bays and ample marine life.

Most of the islands can only be reached by boat or yacht, meaning the beaches are unspoilt and you feel like you’re in paradise.

If you want to visit several islands you should do a full day tour which provides the opportunity to swim, snorkel, paddleboard and see dolphins .

Alternatively, if you want a cheaper option you can get the passenger ferry from Paihia to Russell ($14 return for adults).

Russell is a charming ocean-front town with colonial architecture, bright blue water and great viewpoints.

Whilst in the area I can recommend visiting the Waitangi Treaty Grounds , the protected place where the first agreement between the Māori and the British was signed.

You can also do the highest skydive in New Zealand above Bay of Islands (20,000 ft).

I can also recommend Whananaki, which is found just south of Bay of Islands, with aquamarine ocean and golden sand ( Otamure Bay DOC Campsite is a fab spot to camp right on the beach).

Visiting Cape Reinga is a bucket-list experience on your New Zealand road trip.

Located right at the very top of the North Island, Cape Reinga is the ‘end of the road’ and culturally significant for Māori, who believe that the spirits of the dead depart to the afterlife from this point.

Cape Reinga Lighthouse marks the furthest point you can walk to, from here you can see the colliding of the Tasman Sea and the Pacific Ocean, which creates unique currents and waves.

From the lighthouse, try to spot the ‘Spirit Tree’ at the very end of the rocky tip.

After you’ve admired the northernmost point of New Zealand, check out the Giant Sand Dunes down the road.

The Giant Sand Dunes are a natural attraction of shifting sand dunes just off the Twin Coast Discovery Highway, where you can sandboard.

In high season, there’s usually a kiosk open where you can hire bodyboards.

On your way back south, I would definitely check out Waipoua Kauri Forest to see the Tāne Mahuta (New Zealand’s largest known living kauri tree/ ‘Lord of the Forest’ ).

Waipu Caves are one of New Zealand’s best kept secrets.

Found on the way back down to Auckland from the north, Waipu Caves allow you to see stunning glow worms for FREE.

The caves are open to the public and found at the edge of a field in the middle of farmland. It’s a great alternative to the Waitomo Caves further south which cost over $50 to visit!

To see the glow worms you need to enter the cave and head to the left.

Next, you have to wade through ankle-deep water for about 50 metres and you’ll be amazed by hundreds of glow worms above you lit up like stars in the night sky.

You will need waterproof boots and a torch, also take care at the start of the cave because the rocks are slippery.

If you’re up for the challenge, this is definitely a magical experience that will cost you nothing!

At the entrance to the cave there’s also a free grassy campsite with toilets.

Hot Water Beach on the Coromandel Peninsula is a natural phenomenon where hot springs run underneath the sand.

This means that at certain times of the day you can dig below the sand, creating a pool of thermal water to bathe in.

You should know that you can only dig for hot water for 2 hours either side of low tide, so check the low tide times here and arrive 2 hours before.

Also, the hot water springs are only located on a specific part of the beach (in front of the small rocks in the ocean).

You can hire shovels from the café near the beach.

Visiting Hot Water Beach in the winter is great as it’s quieter and it’s like being in a hot tub!

Whilst on the Coromandel Peninsula you also need to check out Cathedral Cove for crystal blue water and kayaking, Cooks Beach and the Whenuakura Wildlife Sanctuary on Donut Island .

Mount Maunganui is an extinct volcano overlooking the ocean – it’s a sacred Māori site with beautiful hiking trails (and well worth a stop on your New Zealand road trip).

The hour-long ascent to the summit is quite steep, but at the top you’ll be rewarded with epic views of the Bay of Plenty.

Whilst in Mount Maunganui, eat at Ours Cafe for breakfast/ brunch, Lolo Authentic Turkish Kitchen for lunch and Solera for dinner.

Also check out the sandy shores of Main Beach for surfing and the calm waters of Pilot Bay Beach for paddle boarding.

The next stop on your New Zealand road trip is arguably the most famous attraction in New Zealand, and the reason why tens of thousands of visitors come every year.

The Hobbiton Movie Set , which featured in The Lord of the Rings & The Hobbit trilogies, was the chosen filming location for the fictional village of Hobbiton in the Shire, home to the Hobbits.

During the Hobbiton Movie Set Tour you’ll feel like you are actually in the LOTR movies, as the Hobbit Holes and scenery have been preserved to remain exactly as they looked in the films.

Rotorua is famous for its geothermal activity and Māori culture.

From thermal mud baths to spouting geysers and living Māori villages to explore, definitely stay overnight at Rotorua to experience it all.

The best paid geothermal experiences in Rotorua are Manupirua Springs Hot Pools .

For travellers on a budget you can visit Kerosene Creek , a natural hot springs area with a waterfall, for free.

You can witness boiling bubbling mud at Waiotapu Mud Pool for free aswell, and you should definitely visit Kuirau Park (public park with free geothermal foot baths and hot springs).

If you’re doing your New Zealand road trip in a campervan, I can highly recommend staying at Waikite Valley Thermal Pools .

The campsite costs around $30 per adult per night (kids are cheaper) and includes access to the six hot pools.

You can enjoy the hot pools throughout your stay, and get exclusive access to the pools at sunrise before the park is open to the public.

The best cultural experiences in Rotorua are Te Puia (home to the world famous Pōhutu geyser) and Whakarewarewa – The Living Maori Village .

Aside from geothermal fun, Rotorua Night Market on a Thursday is brilliant, as is the Rotorua Luge for adrenaline lovers.

Rotorua is also the best place in New Zealand to do white water rafting , with the nearby Kaituna River providing the highest rafted waterfall in the world.

After leaving Rotorua, you should also check out Waiotapu Thermal Wonderland on the way to Taupo, a cool geothermal area with bright orange and green steaming lakes.

Just so you’re aware, Rotorua is known as the ‘sulphur city’ – it’s a smelly destination with a distinct scent of rotten eggs!

Another big hit on the New Zealand road trip is Lake Taupo, a large crater lake found in the middle of New Zealand’s central volcanic plateau.

Huka Falls , a waterfall that drains a quarter of a million litres of water per second from the lake, is the best thing to see in Taupo.

At Huka Falls, you can experience the cascading water upclose on the HukaFalls Jet , or do the Spa Thermal Park to Huka Falls Walk to follow the flow of the Waikato River.

Another cool thing to do in Lake Taupo is watch the Aratiatia Rapids , where the Aratiatia Dam opens to release a crazy amount of water through a narrow gorge (it’s free too!).

The rapids feature in Peter Jackson’s The Hobbit , when the dwarves travel down the gorge in wooden barrels.

The dam opens daily at 10am, 12pm, & 2pm.

Alternatively, keen hikers will enjoy tackling Mt Tauhara , whose summit offers panoramic views of Lake Taupo and central North Island ( the below photo looks deceiving – in reality it’s a steep 3.5 hour return tramp ).

On the lake itself, visitors can enjoy water-skiing, kayaking or join a boat trip to the Māori rock carvings at Mine Bay .

Next up is the most famous hike in the whole of New Zealand, the Tongariro Alpine Crossing .

Tongariro National Park was the filming location for Mordor in the Lord of the Rings movies, and the alpine crossing lets fans do the epic journey into Middle Earth.

The 19.4 km (12 mile) one-day trek takes you through jagged volcanic rock formations and barren landscapes with emerald lakes, allowing you to get up close to Mount Ngauruhoe (Mount Doom).

In the spring and summer, fit and healthy visitors can hike the Tongariro Crossing without a guide.

There is a shuttle bus available which drops you at the start point of the trek and allows you to leave your car at the finish point.

However, when the season ends and the cold weather begins, volatile alpine conditions mean you need to join a guided tour to complete the crossing.

*After completing the Tongariro Alpine Crossing, keen hikers may want to head west to Egmont National Park and do the Mount Taranaki Summit Track / Pouakai Crossing . Fit and well-equipped trampers can hike to the top of the mountain from December to April, but for the rest of the year it’s covered in snow and ice. This is an optional extra stop on the New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary*.

Hawke’s Bay is a wine region on the East Coast of the North Island, which also has great beaches.

There are over 70 wineries in Hawke’s Bay, set amongst rolling vineyards and green hillsides.

The big towns in Hawke’s Bay are Napier (with art-deco architecture) and Hastings, but I would personally stay around Te Awanga or Havelock North for beautiful scenery and proximity to cellar doors.

Whilst you can Uber between wineries in this area, it’s cheaper to hire a bike and follow the winery trail.

The best winery bike trail in Hawke’s Bay starts at the coastal vineyards of Te Awanga/ Haumoana before following the TukiTuki river inland to the wineries near Havelock North.

Wellington is the capital city of New Zealand, and a must-do stop on your road trip.

The coastal city is home to the Te Papa Museum of New Zealand , which is free to visit and well worth spending a few hours here.

Walking up to Te Ahumairangi Hill Lookout or Mount Victoria Lookout provides the best views of the city.

Alternatively, if you don’t like walking uphill the Wellington Cable Car takes you up past the Wellington Botanic Garden to a great viewpoint in the hilly suburb of Kelburn.

The Wellington Waterfront Walk is a great way to see the best of Wellington.

Start at Queen’s Wharf and walk south along the City to Sea Bridge (with Māori carvings), before continuing past the Naked Man Statue to the marina and the beachside neighbourhood of Oriental Bay.

In the city centre, don’t miss a walk down Cuba Street to experience great art, shopping and restaurants.

Wellington is the last North Island stop on your New Zealand road trip, from here you can catch the ferry to South Island via the Cook Strait .

Once you’ve touched down in Picton on South Island, it’s time to try some wine.

Marlborough is the largest wine region in New Zealand, and famous across the globe for its mouthwatering Sauvignon Blanc.

The region encompasses several towns, but it’s best to stay in Blenheim or Renwick to be in close proximity to the wineries and vineyards.

If you fancy hiring a bike , the best way to explore the Marlborough Wine Region is on the Golden Mile , a 6km ride featuring nine wineries.

Kaikōura is a coastal town known for its sperm whale population.

Between June-September you can join a whale watching cruise to see giant sperm whales off the coast.

Outside of these months, you can still see abundant wildlife in Kaikōura.

The Kaikoura Peninsula Walkway is a must-do activity if you want to see the Kaikoura Seal Colony (especially Point Kean Viewpoint for great views of the New Zealand fur seals up close).

Kaikōura also has some great cafés for breakfast, lunch and coffee just by the beach.

Christchurch is the biggest city on the South Island and a pretty cool place to visit for the day.

It has a lot of English heritage, which can be admired from a stroll or cycle along the River Avon.

Riverside Market is a lively spot to enjoy some street food and artisan products (the gooey Whittaker’s chocolate cookies are a must-try).

Similarly, New Regent Street is a colourful pedestrian mall with boutique stores and bars to enjoy.

Keep an eye out for the old vintage electric trams, which still circle the city centre for tourists.

One of my favourite spots in the whole of New Zealand, Lake Tekapo is absolutely magical.

The town of Lake Tekapo is small, yet it has an alpine feel with cosy restaurants and chalet-style accommodation.

The lake itself is beautiful all year round, and suitable for swimming in summer.

Don’t miss the famous Church of the Good Shepherd , an old Anglican church perched on the very edge of the lake.

Mt John Summit Circuit Track offers panoramic views above the lake for those who enjoy a moderate hike.

There’s a really good Japanese restaurant in Lake Tekapo called Kohan which specialises in sushi, sashimi and bento boxes (reservations necessary as it’s always busy).

Just a 45 minute drive from Lake Tekapo, Lake Pukaki is another brilliant alpine lake in the Mackenzie Basin on South Island.

Lake Pukaki is famous for its distinctive turquoise colour, which is caused by silt flowing down from the glaciers of the Southern Alps.

The Lake Pukaki Shoreline Walk at the southern tip of the lake is a great way to experience the lake with views of snow-capped Mount Cook in the backdrop.

Lake Pukaki is a sparsely populated area without restaurants or urban infrastructure.

It’s a good place to stop off for a few hours in between Lake Tekapo and Mount Cook.

Mount Cook (Aoraki) is the highest mountain in New Zealand, and unlike anywhere I’ve ever visited before.

Some of the best hikes in New Zealand are found in Aoraki Mount Cook National Park.

The Hooker Valley Track is a fantastic walk which follows the Hooker River across swing bridges and past Lake Müller before arriving at Hooker Lake.

The Hooker Valley Track is about 2.5 hours return and relatively flat with a gravel path which winds through the Hooker Valley.

For those who love a challenge, the Sealy Tarns Track is a steep ascent up hundreds of steps to the Sealy Tarns Viewpoint.

About 3 hours return, the leg burn is so worth it when you see the view at the top.

From the view point, adventurers may want to go even further to Mueller Hut, an alpine hut 1800m above sea level where you can spend the night in bunks .

The final short walk you have to do in Aoraki Mount Cook National Park is the short walk up to the Tasman Glacier viewpoint , offering views of the icy cliffs of the glacier and Tasman Lake beneath it.

As for accommodation, there are a few lodges and chalets in Aoraki / Mount Cook Village or you can stay at the White Horse Hill Campground which is also the start of the Hooker Valley Track & Sealy Tarns Track.

If you want to splurge, you could do a ‘heli hike’ at Mount Cook, which involves a scenic helicopter ride that lands on top of the glacier for a snow hike.

There aren’t really any restaurants or cafés in the Mount Cook area, so do a supermarket run in Lake Tekapo if you’re going to stay for a couple of days.

After leaving Mount Cook, stop off in the town of Twizel on the way south for good restaurants, cafés, supermarkets and reasonably priced petrol.

Your next stop is Queenstown and one of the most popular road-trip spots in the whole of New Zealand.

Before I visited NZ part of me wondered if Queenstown was over-hyped.

I was wrong – Queenstown is a seriously magical place.

Located on the shores of the huge Lake Wakatipu, and set against the dramatic Southern Alps, Queenstown is everything you expect from New Zealand’s lakes and mountains in one town.

Whatever your pleasure, you’re sure to find it in Queenstown.

Adrenaline-junkies will love bungee jumping off Kawarau Gorge Suspension Bridge or an 85km/hour jet boat ride through the Shotover River Canyons .

Hikers enjoy the challenging climb up Queenstown Hill ( don’t be fooled – it’s actually a small mountain ) for panoramic views above Queenstown and the mountains/ lake beyond.

You can go further up to Ben Lomond if you want to do a full-day hike.

In winter, The Remarkables Ski Area is open and Queenstown becomes an alpine resort with rosy-cheeked skiers and snowboarders heading back into town in the afternoon for a spot of après-ski.

Families will love the Queenstown Luge , a fun toboggan track at the top of a mountain accessed by the Skyline Gondola .

For foodies, don’t miss Margo’s Queenstown for authentic Mexican, Blue Kanu for Polynesian-Asian fusion, The Bunker for inventive NZ dishes, and Fergburger for queue-out-the-door cult burgers.

Perky’s Floating Bar is the best spot for a drink in Queenstown.

It’s docked on Queenstown Wharf, floating on Lake Wakatipu overlooking the mountains.

Onsen Hot Pools have become a bit of an Instagram sensation in recent years, but if you can afford it, the cedar-lined hot pools overlooking the mountains are pretty special.

Glenorchy is a small settlement at the northern end of Lake Wakatipu, about 45km from Queenstown.

Surrounded by towering snow-capped mountains, Glenorchy is well worth a visit for a couple of hours to enjoy the scenery and get epic photos.

Glenorchy Wharf is a picturesque spot to take in the dramatic landscapes of the area, complete with the iconic red shed which you’ll often see in NZ travel guides.

The Glenorchy Lagoon Scenic Walkway is a long boardwalk that meanders through lush green wetlands to take you to Glenorchy Lagoon.

During warmer weather, it’s great to enjoy a picnic on one of the many wooden benches overlooking the water.

If you really want to benefit from the peace and quiet of Glenorchy (and if you have a few pennies to spend), you could stay in the luxury Blanket Bay Lodges complete with outdoor pools and hot tubs.

Alternatively, most people just visit Glenorchy for a couple of hours and then go back to Queenstown to continue their New Zealand road trip.

Milford Sound or Piopiotahi is a natural wonder that’s been dubbed one of the best travel destinations in the world.

Despite the name, Milford Sound is actually a fiord not a sound, meaning it was formed by the erosion of ancient glaciers over millions of years.

The result is 15 kilometres of inky-dark water surrounded by mountain peaks and sheer rock faces up to 1200m tall.

Two waterfalls cascade down the sheer cliffs, and if you go on a boat tour, they’ll take the bow up to the edge of the waterfall so you can feel the water droplets on your skin.

You have a couple of options when visiting Milford Sound, you can either drive yourself to Milford Sound and get on a boat there or get a full bus tour from Queenstown (so you don’t have to do the 7-hour return trip yourself).

By the time we arrived in Queenstown, we had already almost driven the whole length of the country on our New Zealand road trip, so we decided to get the bus tour instead.

We booked the Southern Discoveries Coach and Nature Cruise from Queenstown which involved travelling on a glass-roof coach, stopping off at points of interest along the way including Mirror Lakes, Monkey Creek and the Eglinton Valley.

You’ll also get interesting and hilarious commentary throughout the journey and we learnt so many facts about Milford Sound and South Island.

The guide is also great at spotting keas, (beautiful rare mountain parrots) – during one of our stops the kea flew over and landed on the wing mirror of the coach!

If you are driving to Milford Sound yourself, the benefit is that you can stop off in the lakeside town of Te Anau to break up the journey.

Whilst on this section of your New Zealand road trip, keen hikers may want to tackle the world-renowned Routeburn Track .

The epic 32km/ 3-day route is one of New Zealand’s Great Walks, linking Fiordland and Mount Aspiring national parks with camping spots along the way.

After visiting Milford Sound it’s time to head north again (if you have a month or less in New Zealand and want to do both islands, I would probably leave out Dunedin/ Stewart Island).

Your next stop takes you 20 minutes north of Queenstown, to the historic gold mining area of Arrowtown.

Arrowtown is one of the most photographed heritage towns in New Zealand, and it’s especially beautiful in autumn when the trees on the surrounding hills become a curtain of golds and reds.

A walk down the high street is a must-do activity to appreciate the heritage storefronts, which date back to the 1800s.

A meander down to the gold-bearing Arrow River on the Tobins Track is picturesque, whilst keen cyclists may choose to do a section of the 120km Queenstown Trail .

Arrowtown has recently become an unlikely foodie destination, with tourists and New Zealanders travelling from afar to try the highly rated Aosta Restaurant , as well as La Rumbla , The Chop Shop Food Merchants and many others.

The next stop on your New Zealand road trip is Lake Wanaka. But to get there, you need to embark on one of the most scenic (and kinda scary) drives in the country.

From Arrowtown, it’s time to cross the Crown Range on the Crown Range Road, the highest main road in New Zealand.

The memorable drive offers breathtaking views of the Central Otago region, but it can be hazardous in winter so ensure you check the weather conditions.

After you’ve conquered the Crown Range Road, a stop of at the iconic Cardrona Hotel (one of the oldest pubs in New Zealand) is a great way to refuel and *calm your nerves*.

Once at Lake Wanaka, it’s a rite of passage to visit #ThatWanakaTree – a willow tree that sits alone in the water at the southern end of the lake.

There are some brilliant hikes around the Wanaka area, the best of them all being Roy’s Peak .

Within walking distance of Wanaka town centre you can go for a wine tasting at the highly rated Rippon Vineyard , whilst craft beer lovers may prefer Ground Up Brewing and Rhyme X Reason Brewery .

After you leave Wanaka and continue north, don’t miss the stunning Blue Pools Track in Mount Aspiring National Park.

After checking out Blue Pools , it’s time to head through the Haast River Valley towards Glacier Country (maybe stopping off at Thunder Creek Falls if you have time).

Franz Josef Glacier & Fox Glacier are on the opposite side of the Southern Alps to Mount Cook.

Found on the ‘Wild West Coast’ of New Zealand, they are surrounded by untamed natural wilderness and rainforests.

My first suggestion would be to drive to the Fox Glacier Lookout for an appetiser, and then drive to the town of Franz Josef / Waiau to get up close to the ice.

A short drive from town brings you to the Franz Josef Glacier Walk , a brilliant 1.7km return walk that rewards you with glacier views.

The walk through the Franz Josef Glacier Valley gives you the opportunity to see the retreating glacier and the rocky landscape left behind by the ice.

Franz Josef Glacier is another great location to do a Heli Hike .

Hokitika Gorge is a popular spot on the New Zealand road trip route due to its insanely blue water.

The gorge was ground out of granite by the Hokitika River, and the vibrant ‘milky’ turquoise colour is due to the fact that it’s fed by the glaciers and contains lots of rock flour.

A must do activity is the Hokitika Gorge Walk , a circular trail which takes you over the well-photographed suspension bridge and through the forests of the Hokitika Scenic Reserve

*FYI, the drive between Hokitika Gorge and Abel Tasman is just over five hours, so if you want to break up this section of your New Zealand road trip, you could stop over at Lake Rotoroa or anywhere else on route.*

Abel Tasman National Park is one of the most beautiful places in New Zealand, described as a ‘coastal paradise’ with pristine white sand beaches and aquamarine ocean.

The area is most famous for the Abel Tasman Coast Track , a 60km track winding across beaches and through forests.

If you only want to do a short section of the walk, I would recommend exploring the area around the ‘Astrolabe Roadstead’ , which is the channel of water between Adele Island and the mainland.

In this area you’ll find the highest concentration of white sandy beaches and blue water (if you can make it to Te Pukatea Bay, it’s amazing).

Even better, you don’t have to do a return walk, because there are water taxis to take you back to your car/ campervan once you’ve completed your section of the walk.

If you don’t like hiking, you could explore by kayak instead .

Nelson is a cool city at the top of South Island, popular with art and music lovers.

From art galleries to gourmet food markets, Nelson is the perfect chilled out destination to finish your high-adrenaline New Zealand road trip.

History lovers may enjoy Founders Heritage Park , a replica historic village telling the story of European settlement in Nelson.

Foodies will love the Nelson Saturday Market , along with the highly rated Hopgoods Restaurant and Hawker House .

Nelson is also located on Tasman’s Great Taste Trail , a network of cycleways passing through vineyards, fruit stalls, fish and chip shops and the famous Pic’s Peanut Butter Factory.

Just outside of Nelson you’ll find ‘The Centre of New Zealand’ , a monument on a hilltop that marks the geographical centre of the country.

I hope you’ve enjoyed the Ultimate New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary – make sure you give yourself at least a month to do this trip in order to see everything this beautiful country has to offer.

You don’t need to spend a night at every stop on this New Zealand road trip itinerary. Places like Matakana, Hobbiton Movie Set, Christchurch, Glenorchy, Arrowtown & Nelson only require a couple of hours to explore. Meanwhile, you may want to stay a couple of nights in places like Rotorua, Lake Taupo, Mount Cook and Queenstown because there is loads to do and see.

Search the Site

• Accommodation

An Epic New Zealand Road Trip – Itinerary, Tips, and Planning

This is Part 1   of our 4 part series on planning the ultimate New Zealand road trip. We will cover every aspect – itinerary, accommodation, packing, driving, budgeting – of planning an unforgettable drive through the north and south islands in New Zealand:

Read Part 2 – Where to stay in New Zealand  (opens in new tab)

Read Part 3 –  Travel Fashion – What to pack for a trip in New Zealand  (opens in new tab)

Read Part 4-  How much will that Road Trip in New Zealand cost  (opens in new tab)

They say a road trip in New Zealand shouldn’t be the first one you go on because it spoils you rotten. It offers so much that any other road trip you might take in the future just leaves you hankering for more. Having driven through the length and breadth of the country, we can tell you it’s true!

I travel for images. When I think of our summer in New Zealand I think of bees buzzing over symmetrical rows of fragrant lavender, magnetic fuchsia lupins sprouting from the ground, sun-soaked beaches, hissing volcanoes and geysers spitting steam to fields full of flowers, and perfectly-preened alpine villages. It truly doesn’t get more scenic than this!

Highlights of our New Zealand road trip

Here are some things you shouldn’t miss for the world when you are in New Zealand:

• Turquoise lakes in Pukaki and Mackenzie country
• Drives and hikes around Queenstown, especially Coronet Peak and Crown Range
• Thermal wonderlands in Rotorua. Spitting volcanoes, geysers, mudbaths, and steamy fumaroles – Rotorua has it all.
• Clouds suspended over South Island’s lakes each morning
• The coffee! New Zealand is a coffee lover’s paradise. You will find great coffee everywhere, even at gas stations.
• The night sky over Lake Wanaka
• Picnics amidst sun-drenched landscapes with freshly-picked berries and Kiwi wine. We loved locally-produced Pinot Noir.

This is the route we followed while we were in New Zealand. Our day by day account will give you further details of our road trip. The official New Zealand tourism website  also has great options for hikes, day trips etc. It’s worth consulting when you’re in the area. Let’s go:

Day 1: Fly into Auckland and gear up for your road trip

Write away this day as you’ll fly into New Zealand – we flew in from Fiji to Auckland and flew out from Christchurch to Sydney. Flight connections into and out of New Zealand are very good – we always use Skyscanner to compare flight prices. The long flight is bound to leave you tired, so spend the rest of the day collecting your rental car and stocking up on groceries for your trip. Make sure you get a good night’s sleep before beginning your road trip in New Zealand.

Here are a couple of things to keep in mind about renting a car in New Zealand:

• Unlike Iceland , you don’t need a 4X4 for New Zealand unless you’re travelling in a large group and need a spacious vehicle. A basic car will suffice as roads are in excellent condition and all landmarks are accessible via paved roads.
• Camping is extremely popular in New Zealand and there are tons of free/affordable camping sites in the country. Most car rental providers have a number of motorhomes and campervans on offer.
• You will need to drop off your rental car at the ferry terminal in North Island before boarding a ferry to South Island. You can pick up another car at the ferry terminal on South Island. We rented an economy car with Hertz – it’s always a good idea to compare car rental prices – we suggest doing that here . We booked the car online before flying to New Zealand. We picked up our first car at Auckland Airport and dropped it at the ferry terminal on North Island. We took the ferry, crossed over to the South Island and picked up our second car at the terminal itself. The process is seamless. Our ferry was delayed by an hour but the Hertz office at Picton remained open beyond official opening hours. We dropped off the second car at Christchurch Airport before boarding our flight back home. All in all, a seamless experience with Hertz when it came to car rental.

Sleep – We got to Auckland at an unearthly hour (2.30 am), so we slept at an airport hotel. We stayed at Ibis Hotel Auckland Airport . It’s a 5 minute cab ride/15 minute walk from the arrival gates. There’s a large supermarket next door where you can stock up on groceries and snacks.

Day2: The fun begins in Auckland

Explore the city of Auckland during the day and drive to the rugged Muriwai beach in the evening. A gorgeous drive through pick-your-own farms and picturesque pastures takes one to Muriwai beach. The beach is just 40 minutes away from Auckland but its stark wild beauty stuns. It is home to an impressive colony of Gannet birds between August & March. Forces of nature are at their best and fiercest here: huge waves crash against rocks as nesting birds rest on clifftops. Muriwai’s dramatic coastline is especially stunning during sunset. Entry: Free, Parking: Free

Sleep – We stayed at a private ensuite room at Haka Lodge, Auckland City .

Day 3: Drive to Rotorua via Coromandel Peninsula

If you love your roadtrips as much as we do, then take a long-winded detour to the Coromandel Peninsula before ending up in Rotorua. Sure you’ll be on the road for 3 extra hours, but it’s worth it!

The Coromandel Peninsula, jutting out at the eastern corner of the North Island, is home to spectacular beaches and woodlands. Leave Auckland early in the morning, picnic along the way, and head to the one of Coromandel Peninsula’s famous beaches for the afternoon. We spent most of our time at Cathedral Cove, a dramatic cerulean beach framed by volcanic rocks. There is a park-and-ride facility to ferry visitors from the car park to the entrance. Entry is free and the park-and-ride ticket costs NZD 5/person. The beach is a 40 minute walk from the entrance.

You could stop at the little town of Tairua for a cup of coffee and head onwards to Rotorua. If you drive through the Coromandel Peninsula, you’ll reach Rotorua in the evening. Sleep early and get a good night’s rest after a long day on the road 🙂

Sleep – We stayed at Shula Lake House on Days 3-5, a quaint and beautiful B&B overlooking Lake Rotorua

Day 4: Explore New Zealand’s Thermal Wonderlands In Rotorua

Locals joke that you can smell Rotorua before you see it and it’s true. The town is famous for its sulphur pools and bubbling geothermal areas and you can smell the sulphur EVERYWHERE. Rotorua is the site of incredible thermal activity. Unfortunately you will have to pay entrance fee to enter all geothermal reserves in New Zealand . Unlike Iceland or Bolivia, most Geothermal Areas, especially the dramatic ones, are all charged here 🙁

But Rotorua’s geothermal areas are astounding and you shouldn’t miss them for the world. In fact, they were one of the highlights of our road trip in New Zealand . There are many options to choose from, so we chose 2 based on locals’ recommendations:

1. The aptly named Hell’s Gate is one of the most dramatic geothermal reserves we’ve ever visited. This is because the heat source is very close to the surface of the Earth here: the Earth’s crust is extremely thin in certain places here, so visitors are constantly warned not to steer off the designated paths. There are bubbling sulphurous springs, volcanic mud pools, steaming fumaroles, highly acidic Sulphur baths, a unique cooking pool, and the Southern Hemisphere’s largest hot waterfall. The temperature of the pools ranges from 40 degrees celsius to a whopping 145 degrees. The bubbling lava, hissing steam, inferno pools and unique mud volcanoes will have you marveling at Mother Nature.

Maori people used these naturally occurring sulphurous and acidic waters for treating aches, pains, and war wounds. Today it’s not possible to touch these formations. But if you want to get deep and dirty, it’s possible to take a dip in the adjoining mud baths at Hells Gate. The mud here is said to have healing properties, so slather away…..

2. We also visited the popular Wai-o-tapu reserve , also known as a Thermal Wonderland . Wonderland is the right word because here at Wai-o-tapu it’s possible to see some incredibly colourful manifestations of thermal activity – entire pools of orange, green, and yellow lie next to steaming geysers and dreamy white terraces. These unique natural formations left us completely gobsmacked. I couldn’t get enough of the Artist’s Pallette, a large pool deftly coloured in shades of blue, green, yellow, and orange by naturally-occurring minerals . The intensity of the colours keeps changing according to water levels, the direction of the wind, and sunlight, so I found it hard to tear myself away from it.

The adjoining Champagne Pool is no less dramatic. Greens, oranges, and metallic outline the pool and complement the bubbling CO2 : the result is a surreal formation that seems to have walked right out of a postcard. Then there is Devil’s Bath, a cloudy green lake, that keeps changing colour with the wear. One thing’s for sure – you, like us, won’t forget your visit to Wai-o-tapu for a long long time

Top Tip : Wear sturdy shoes to explore geo-thermal areas and go early to avoid crowds. We reached Hell’s Gate at 9.00 am and almost had the entire reserve to ourselves.

Day 5: Enjoy Rotorua’s Free Attractions and relax at a spa

Fortunately there is also plenty of free stuff to be enjoyed in Rotorua. Drive by Ohinemutu to see a modern day Maori Village for yourself. This isn’t a cultural attraction perse, so it’s a good way to peak into the real lives of Maori locals in 21 st century New Zealand. Kuirau Park has some sulphur activity and it’s free to witness : however it is nowhere near as dramatic as the geothermal activity in the paid parks.

We recommend spending the better part of the day driving along Lake Rotorua, the famed Blue and Green Lakes, and Lake Tarawera . Picnic by the banks of the Blue Lake and spend the rest of the afternoon walking around the absolutely dreamy Redwood Forest . The Redwoods are home to tall trees and boast of dozens of walking trails.

Spend the evening at one of Rotorua’s famed thermal pools. We spent it at Polynesian Spa , which is a bit of a legend in Rotorua. It is home to naturally acidic waters, said to vanish aches and pains. Local rugby players are said to swear by these hot pools. It also boasts of alkaline pools with antiseptic properties – according to local legend, this water is the elixir for ageless beauty! We don’t know about the veracity of those claims, but a dip in Rotorua’s thermal spring water did leave us invigorated. Polynesian Spa has a variety of pools – we rented one of their tiny private pools, at quite a reasonable rate (NZD 27/person for 30 minutes).

Day 6 The Thermal Explorer Highway and Taupo

It’s time to leave your hotel in Rotorua and get back to the road. However New Zealand’s geothermal areas don’t end with Rotorua – geysers, mudpools, hot springs continue along the route known as The Thermal Explorer Highway.

Evidence of volcanic activity and sulphur springs is everywhere to be seen. Drive down to the bustling town of Taupo via the Waireki Terraces . The chalky silica terraces, surrounding bright blue pools of bubbling water, are one of the most unique things you’ll see in New Zealand. The complex also has some rather beautiful thermal pools but we skipped them as we’d had our fair share of soaking in thermal pools in Rotorua. Entry to the the terrace walkway costs NZD 12.50 and there’s an additional charge for using the pools.

Instead of the thermal pools, we chose to spend our evening at Huka Falls . There are various scenic points overlooking the falls and there is a pleasant 1 hour walk around the falls if you’re craving some activity. Both entry to the falls and parking are free

Sleep : We slept in a private room at Haka Lodge, Taupo on days 6&7

Day 7: Explore Taupo

Lake Taupo (toe-paw) was formed thousands of years ago by a volcanic eruption. Its volcanic character ensures a proliferation of steaming mud pools, silica terraces, and thermal valleys. The Lake itself is the focal point of all activity: its shores are lined with restaurants, cafes, and bars. We were in Taupo on a dreary grey day, so we spent it lazing on the shores of the lake, enjoying a languorous lunch in the town, and devouring one too many cups of coffee at Ozone Coffee Roasters (highly recommended).

In case you’re in the mood for something more adventurous, Taupo is the getaway for a gorgeous 17 km hike to the Tongariro Alpine Crossing . We didn’t get a chance to go on the hike but heard great things about it from fellow travellers.

Day 8: Interislander Ferry Terminal via Wellington

This was a long day that took us through some of the most scenic panoramas on the North Island of New Zealand. Taupo’s volcanic environs give way to a sensational stretch of highway through a desert, which in turn swiftly gives way to fields of flowers and vineyards, with towering mountains on the horizon. This part of the drive through the North Island of New Zealand is sure to cast a spell on the most skeptical of tourists – sunlight spills over through the windows as the car glides through villages dotted with picture-perfect cottages, orchards laden with fruit, and bright purple flowers billowing in the wind.

Plan your route for the day depending on the schedule of the ferry that will take you to the South Island. We booked an afternoon ferry with Interislander – we left Taupo early in the morning and had a gorgeous brunch in Wellington, walked around and finally reached the ferry terminal by 1 pm, dropped our rental car, and checked in our bags. If you’ve booked a rental car with international providers such as Hertz then you will have to drop the car off and pick another vehicle on the South Island.

Our ferry was delayed a bit. Don’t think of the ferry crossing as a mere commute – the Interislander ferry passes through the scenic Cook Strait and there are great vistas on offer. There’s wifi on board, so I spent a bit of time indoors. Needless to say, Vid was on the deck clicking photos throughout the 3 hour ferry ride. Urgh photographers 😉

Top Tip : Have a leisure lunch at a winery in Hawke’s Bay on this day. If you don’t want to splurge at a winery in Hawke’s Bay or find a restaurant in Wellington, pack a picnic because there are plenty of opportunities along the way.

Sleep : We slept at at a ‘luxury’ apartment in Picton, but it was quite a let down, so we can’t recommend it. But we would recommend spending this night in Picton (search for accommodation here ), where the ferry pulls up, instead of driving onto Kaikoura.

Day 9: Whale watching and hiking in Kaikoura

Kaikoura is THE place to go whale watching on your road trip in New Zealand. We were there on a day when the probability of spotting whales was low and most tours were cancelled, so we had to give it a miss. Oh well!!

Instead we went for a long rambly walk on the Kaikoura Peninsula Walkway – the well-maintained walkway traverses the cliffs of Kaikoura and offers stunning views of the Kaikoura Peninsula. There’s a colony of seals, rare birds (sparrows, titis, albatrosses) and plenty of flora along the way to keep you occupied. Golden fields overlook the azure ocean, ensuring an invigorating experience. We were there on a grey, dreary day and still loved it. I can imagine it being absolutely spectacular on a clear day. Parking and entry to the walkway is free. The entire walk takes around 3 hours but you can turn back anytime. Take your camera, water, and raincoat.

Once you’ve worked up an appetite and made your way back to the car park, head to town to sample Kaikoura’s fresh seafood. There are plenty of restaurants in town but Kaikoura Seafood BBQ seems to the most popular. The take-away has been featured in Lonely Planet and locals love it too.

Top Tip : Don’t book your whale watching tour in advance. Kaikoura’s weather is notorious and tours get cancelled at the last minute quite frequently. It’s best to enquire about whale-watching conditions once you are there and then book a tour.

Sleep : We slept at Brook House B&B for the night.

Days 10 & 11 –Arthur’s Pass National Park (New Zealand You BEAUTY!!)

This part of South Island is where the fun truly begins for any road trip enthusiast. We have no qualms in admitting we enjoyed the scenery of South Island much more than North Island. As far as drives are concerned, this is the stretch where the magic begins . The drive along the Great Alpine Highway is sensational – clouds suspended over mountains and lakes dilly dally with daisies and lupins.

You will cross Castle Hill , where Maori and European settlers cleared the forest centuries ago. The huge limestone boulders are said to have provided shelter for Maoris. The boulders are unmissable and definitely worthy of a stop. Castle Hill, home to one of the most scenic public toilets in the whole wide world. If it seems familiar, it’s because portions of ‘Chronicles of Narnia’ were shot here .

Arthur’s Pass, nestled in the heart of New Zealand’s Southern Alps, is the highest pass across the Southern Alps. It will definitely be one of the most scenic places you will see on your road trip through New Zealand. Arthur’s Pass Village, an alpine village surrounded by forests and mountains on all sides. Just 5 minutes from the village is the spectacular Bealey Valley . You’ll find glacier views, entire fields full of flowers, stunning drives, and forests in the area. It offers a lot of hiking and photography opportunities and we stayed in a rustic cabin overlooking the valley.

We spent the afternoon walking to the Devil’s Punchbowl Falls . The return loop takes about 1 hour. If you want something shorter and less strenuous, try the Millennium Walk :This walks takes you over a little stone bridge where you can see Avalanche Creek Waterfall. If you want something longer, look up the stunning Bealey Spur Walk.

Sleep: We slept at The Bealey Hotel – they’re comfortable (not luxurious) and the location is exceptional.

Day 12 – Wanaka via Lake Matheson, Fox Glacier, and Franz Jozef Glacier

It’s hard to get enough of the pristine Alpine beauty of this area of New Zealand. Barren river beds, glacial valleys, New Zealand’s characteristic purple lupins swaying in the wind, daisies peeking out of rugged cliffs, and gorgeous villages populated with colourful cottages along the way. This is where the drive becomes truly special. Stop for a picnic and take a short helicopter tour and hike at Franz Jozef Glacier . The drive to Wanaka through Lake Matheson, Fox Glacier, and Franz Jozef Glacier is a long and tiring one – you might consider breaking it and spending a night around Fox Glacier.

Sleep : We slept in a private ensuite room at Base Wanaka for 2 nights in Wanaka. It was rather busy and noisy, so if you’d prefer some peace and quiet, we’d suggest looking at some other options for Wanaka

Day 13 – Explore Wanaka

After the long drive on Day 12, it’s best to relax on this day. However if you’re feeling active (and we were!), opt for a short trek to the  Diamond Lake lookout  or Lake Hawea lookout. We chose for the former. The Diamond Lake circuit is just 45 minutes long but you can continue onto the Wanaka lookout point. We went all the way upto the Wanaka lookout and the entire circuit took about 2 hours.

Wanaka is a compact town and it’s easy to explore on foot. Spend a leisurely morning walking along the lake – you could also go kayaking or sunbathe on the shores. Try the scrumptious coffee and ice-cream at Patagonia Chocolates. Make sure you grab an afternoon nap because we recommend going star-gazing at night . The night-sky at Lake Wanaka on a clear day is mesmerising – in fact, we’ve never seen so many stars even when we were deep in the Bolivian Wilderness

Day 14 – Drive to Queenstown

Queenstown is a short drive from Wanaka but it’s one that takes ages. That’s because you will feel compelled to stop and take photos every 2 minutes. There are 2 ways to get to Queenstown but make sure you take the Crown Range route to Queenstown –  this is the highest main road in New Zealand and it’s a beautiful drive. There are plenty of lookout points as you drive through New Zealand’s Lake District. This drive offers a bit of everything – glistening lakes, ice-capped peaks, and stunning roads. Try to spot keas (mountain parrots) and enjoy the journey – it truly doesn’t get better than this.  You’ll also pass Cardrona, a small township where you can stop for coffee.

Sleep : We slept at Lake’s End Lodge for 4 nights in Kingston, close to Queenstown. However, this place has now closed (during the pandemic). However, there is no dearth of accommodation options in and around Queenstown

Day 15: Explore Queenstown

Choose lake-side accommodation and you could wake upto clouds suspended over Lake Wakatipu. Spend a leisurely day exploring everything that Queenstown has to offer: drives, picnicking in the countryside, and panoramic points of view. Queenstown is so picturesque, it will definitely leave you gobsmacked! If you’re into adventure sports, Queenstown is also extremely popular for bungee jumping and sky diving.

If there’s one thing you need to do see in and around Queenstown, it’s Glenorchy. I know I said that drives don’t get better than Wanaka-Queenstown  –  I lied! The 40 minute drive from Queenstown to Glenorchy  is probably the most scenic drive you’ll ever experience . No wonder then, there’s a place called Paradise just up the road from Glenorchy. A number of movies including The Lord of The Rings and Wolverine have been shot here – one look at the grand landscapes and you’ll know why!! On your way back from Glenorchy to Queenstown, take a li’l detour on a gravel road for Lake Moke . It’s a perfectly secluded picnic spot – we loved it!

Day 16: Milford Sound 

Help me, I’m running out of superlatives here! Leave your hotel in Queenstown early for a drive to the heart of New Zealand’s Fjordland on Day 16. Milford Sound was referred to as the Eighth Wonder of the World by Rudyard Kipling, so we had high expectations from it. As with everything else in New Zealand, it delivered!!

The drive to Milford Sound is a long and scenic one. Make sure you stop at the reflective Mirror Lake to stretch your legs. Grab some snacks and get your fuel tank topped up at Te Anau because there are no gas stations or supermarkets between Te Anau and Milford Sound.

You’ll start spotting hand rugged cliffs as you inch closer to Milford Sound. Once there, Mitre Peak, the distinctive mountain you’ll spot on most postcards, will greet you. That’s the cue to look around and absorb jaw-dropping 360 ° views of New Zealand’s Fjordland. The views multiply manifold as you hop on a short cruise at Milford Sound. We took an afternoon cruise with Cruise Milford , which allowed us to get up close and personal with waterfalls, rainbows, sea-lions, and the gorgeous scenery at Milford Sound. The landscape here reminded both of us of the  Norwegian Fjords .

Optional : We’ve spent a lot of time exploring fjords in Scandinavia, so we opted for a short afternoon cruise at Milford Sound. However if this is your first time exploring Fjords or they simply fascinate you to no end, you could opt for a long multi-day trip to Doubtful Sound.

Day 17: Otago’s wineries & scenic drives in New Zealand

Now that you’ve had your fair share of glistening crystal lakes and craggy peaks, it’s time to enjoy the finer things in life. Spend the morning exploring Otago’s wineries . Book a wine-tasting tour or simply drop by a winery (Amisfield and Mt. Difficulty are two of the most popular options!) for a leisurely lunch. Sample some wines as you go along. If wines aren’t your thing, walk up Queenstown Hill or take the Skyline Gondola for stunning views of Queenstown.

Spend the evening in Arrowtown , a historic gold mining town. Take Gorge road from Queenstown towards Arrowtown  and go up Coronet Peak for some incredible views . Once you’re in Arrowtown, just walk around the charming historic settlement full of vintage candy shops, restored cottages, and restaurants. You could also explore gold-mining sites or the Chinese settlement by the river before you grab dinner in Arrowtown. End your stay in Queenstown with a spot of star-gazing – you can spot the elusive Milky Way on most clear nights.

Optional : Spend two days in Dunedin to see yellow penguins and visit the Otago Peninsula for the Albatross Colony.

Day 18: Drive to Christchurch via Mt. Cook and Lake Tekapo

After 4 nights in Queenstown, it’s time to leave it and drive onward to Mt. Cook National Park, famous for its flora. The drive will take you through Lake Hayes, perfectly-manicured vineyards and wineries in Gibbston, and fruit farms and orchards in Cromwell. Spend the afternoon exploring the unmitigatedly turquoise waters of Lake Tekapo and Lake Pukaki (check out this short video we recorded at Lake Pukaki ). This entire area is overrun by bright purple lupins in the summer and it will cast a spell on you! Spend the entire day exploring the flora of Mackenzie and Canterbury and driving through Mount Cook National Park. Check into your hotel in Christchurch at night.

Optional : If you have an extra day or two spend it in a hotel near Lake Tekapo. The night skies here are legendary because it is a part of the UNESCO Dark Sky Reserve.

Day 19: Snooze in Christchurch

I’ll be honest. 4000 kms and so many new places later, we just wanted to sleep in Christchurch. We ventured out only to sample some amazing coffee at Pure Café and grab some eats.  We spent a lazy afternoon walking through Hagley Park, observing tourists punting on the Avon, and acquainting ourselves with dozens of varieties of roses at Central Rose Garden. If you are craving another jam-packed day, there is no dearth of things to do and see in Christchurch.

Sleep : We slept in a spacious serviced apartment at All Stars Inn Bealey Quarter in Christchurch

Day 20: Fly back to your home country

20 days and 4000 kms later, it’s time to fly back home. We’re sure you’ll spend the flight back home dreaming of crystal lakes that act as mirrors to surrounding glaciers, winding roads that hide secret lookouts, romantic long-winded walks, countryside lodges laden dripping with flowers, and New Zealand’s night skies that you experienced on your epic road trip. We don’t blame you one bit! 🙂

Here’s a short video of all the fun we had driving in New Zealand 🙂

Has our New Zealand road trip itinerary convinced you to book your flights to this breathtakingly gorgeous corner of the world? If you need more convincing, have a look at all our New Zealand posts .

Read about all our favourite road trips from around the world 🙂

You may also like...

New zealand road trip accommodation – where to stay.

This is Part 2 of our 4 part series on planning the ultimate road trip in New Zealand. We will cover…

Best Road Trips In The World

Now if there is something we love more than exploring a new country or a city, it’s exploring the place…

Driving Around Australia: 5 Favourite Experiences

More often than not you’ll find us exploring every nook and cranny of a country. But our trip to Australia was…

Previous Post

Alila Diwa Goa: An intimate Balinese experience in South Goa

That perfect luxury getaway from Delhi: Alila Fort Bishangarh, Rajasthan

303 thoughts on “ an epic new zealand road trip – itinerary, tips, and planning ”.

FABULOUS photos and itinerary! Couldn’t agree with it more. Rather than staying in PIcton, we chose to stay in Mapua about two hours away from the port, but it was amaaaazing. We stayed at a place called “Kissing Gate” and glamped with vintage caravans. If you’re interested, check it out here: http://thefivefoottraveler.com/not-kissing-at-the-kissing-gate/

Great tip Sarah – we chose Picton because we were knackered after the ferry ride and didn’t want to drive at all. Kissing Gate sounds good 😀

Thanks for the recommendation Sarah. It was a delight to have you stay at Kissing Gate (www.thegates.co.nz). We have been humbled by TripAdvisor’s profiling of our unique glamping site in the world’s top 14 most awesome glamping sites. Yes, the drive from Picton is well worth it, especially as Kissing Gate (and Copper Gate and Corru Gate!) are nestled on 7 acres with tame sheep and organic orchards and is strategically located between Nelson and Abel Tasman National Park. We spent a lot of time travelling through India and love reciprocating the kind hospitality we encountered.

A beautiful reminder why I believe New Zealand is the most spectacular place on earth. Seriously, these photos are beyond words.

Thanks Leah – you’re absolutely right! We really enjoyed New Zealand and Vid spent most of his time photographing the country 😉 PS You should hop over to Iceland when you get a chance – think you’ll enjoy it! It’s very similar to NZ just more rugged and handsome

Stunning photographs. I am traveling to NZ next week and wanted to know what else can we do near Christchurch? I am driving to Mount Cook from Christchurch, staying a day and then coming back. Any other suggestions?

Looking at your photographs, I must say I can’t wait to be there 🙂

Thanks Jayesh. Have fun in New Zealand. Mt. Cook is gorgeous. You could also drive to Arthur’s Pass National Park Jayesh. Alternatively Waipara has some really good wineries 🙂

If you’re looking for things to do near Christchurch you could try Akaroa, Governor’s Bay, Hamner Springs or Kaikoura. All of those can be done in a day or easy overnight from Christchurch.

Hi…. Super clicks… All the pictures are lovely….

may i know during ehich month u visited New Zealand? I am planning to visit in February? Is it a good time?

Thanks Dhaval.

Thanks! We did our New Zealand road trip in the month of February 🙂

These photographs looks like a heaven on earth. We are planning to visit NZ in January. Since we have a friends staying in Auckland. Would be staying there for 3-4 nights and then would be moving towards South. So can you suggest places near by to Auckland tht can be discovered. Rotoura and coromandel can they be covered while staying in Auckland?

We have already mentioned some places around Auckland that are worth visiting 🙂 Yes, you can do coromandel and Rotorua from Auckland although it might make sense to spend time in Rotorua on your way down south to avoid the journey back to Auckland

Loved your detailed itinerary and of course the lovely pictures. I know it is not a fair question to ask, but how does this compare to your Iceland road trip in terms of wow factor?

Hey Rekha We’d say Iceland and South Island, NZ are at par with each other. Both have grand panoramas and stunning landscapes. However Iceland is more rugged and there’s always a sense of discovery involved while traveling in Iceland. NZ seems a tad preened and prettier in comparison. It’s a hard choice 🙂

these photos seem totally heavenly !!! what views !!! vid is undoubtedly the bestest (spare the error ;)) photographer !!!! just cant believe all the photos are real !!! totally ethereal guys !!! the outfits are perfect and so is the post !!! 😀

Thanks a million Kushagr 🙂 So glad you enjoyed it. It took ages to put it together but ’tis all worth it

definitely guys !!! it must have surely did !!! but yes hard work does pay off !!

Wow! The pics are so stunning. I am already in love with NZ. Vid, your photography has improved by multitudes. And Savi.. sweetie you are as gorgeous as ever!

Aww thanks a million Surabhi 🙂 Vid spends loads of time honing his photography skills, so I must make him read your comment

Those are probably the best views of NZ, collected all in one place:) Was following your trip on Instagram, you’re such an amazing and inspiring travelers. Thanks a lot for sharing your experience:)

Ksenia, thestylejungle.ru

Thank you so much 🙂 Happy to hear that you enjoyed the photos from our New Zealand road trip!

This is a fantastic post guys! I’m a Kiwi so it’s always interesting to me to see what tourists get up to when they’re visiting. Your itinerary was packed but great. And your photos…. just wow! Especially all those night sky shots. You’ve got me wanting to do more exploring here in my own backyard.

Thanks Bethaney – always love hearing from you 🙂 We had an absolutely great time in NZ – such a gorgeous country

Hey guys, love both your Nz n Sa road trip itinerary.

Which done do you think is more scenic ?

Hey Randhir – we’d say New Zealand is more scenic of the two. South Africa is more adventurous 😀

Great photos! And more greatness on the write-up!! Plan a trip to NZ in the near future.

Thanks a lot 🙂

I was so amazed with your photo really beautiful I could feel the happiness if only from the pictures trimakasih , I’m from Indonesia Did you ever to my country here many beautiful places I want you come to my country to take lots of pictures to post in this blog..

Thanks Fuad – Indonesia is stunning. We’ve spend a long long time in Bali and we love it 😀

ohk ..is New zealand more scenic than iceland too ?

The reason I’m asking is coz I want to take off on the most scenic road trip next year.

Hey Randhir – both countries are extremely scenic. New Zealand is prettier while Iceland is more rugged.

Hi! This looks like a great itinerary. If you could do it again – was there anything you would alter or change or do differently? Did you feel you had enough time? Thanks so much in advance for sharing your beautiful photos and travel ideas 🙂

We didn’t feel rushed at all and felt like we did justice to the places we visited without feeling rushed. Of course, if logistics allowed we’d spend 6 weeks but then reality kicks in 😉

Hi Savi & Vid,

Would like to know which month did you travel to New Zealand. Is it good to travel in August?

Thank you? Saritha

We went road tripping in New Zealand in February. Not quite sure about August – we believe it will be cold 🙂

New Zealand or South Africa for me in 2017, since 2016 is done ! Difficult choice ! You guys just made it all the more difficult with all these pictures.

That’s a hard choice indeed – you’ll love whichever one you choose. Do send us photos from your trip in 2017 🙂

I live in Australia and have been to NZ once. Your itinerary just makes me want to go there again. What an incredible holiday it seems you had, amazing photographs by Vid and very well described by Savi. Just 1 question if I were to do South Island separately would 10 days be sufficient?

Thanks a million Deep – yep 10 days are perfect for exploring South Island 🙂

That’s an awesome journey and chronicled so nicely! One can actually feel the excitement that you guys experienced. It really seems like a road trip is THE way to explore NZ.

I’m planning to visit NZ mid-October this year, but I only have 10 days plan, so obviously I’m now confused as to where to explore given so many places that you’ve mentioned here. I have planned my North Island trip (4 days), but it’s getting difficult to pick places in the remaining 5 in South Island. Could you suggest me the top places to go to? Also, does Hertz charge you again for the car hire once you drop-off your car at North Island and pick-up again in South Island? Or do they only continue to charge the per day rentals?

Hey Tanmay – you should head straight to South Island and spend the 10 days you have exploring just the South Island. You’ll love it.

Hertz doesn’t charge for dropping off at North Island at Wellington/picking-up in South Island at Picton. However when you’re booking the car just choose a one way rental from Auckland to Christchurch.

Love your blog and especially the photos!

I was wondering what route you would recommend to a fellow British person who only has a week to spend in New Zealand and has never been there?

Thanks Shivani – we’d suggest heading straight to South Island and spending your week there Shivani 🙂

Hi Savi & Vid! Love your blog and your experience in New Zealand is inspiring us to take our next vacation there. While December to February is the popular season, is October or November also a good time to go there hoping none of the places are closed.

Hey Prerit – October & November are great months to visit NZ. You’ll get there before the tourist hordes hit the main attractions, which is always a good thing 🙂

Thanks a ton for the detailed info. very very helpful when planning the trip.

Glad you found it helpful Krishna 🙂

For navigation and directions, did you guys rent a GPS from the rental care company? Paid for data to use google maps? could you please share the option you chose and the cost.

Hey Krishna – We chose neither. We used an offline navigation app called maps.me which we use for most of our roadtrips. It’s free and super convenient. You can read about it here: https://www.bruisedpassports.com/everything/5-favourite-travel-apps

Thank you so much for an detailed explanation. I am getting married in Jan and thanks, thanks to you both, I am daring to go on my honeymoon trip without any tours and travels but on my own as I love Driving. I am looking to spend 7-10 days, so as you folks suggested in some comments, will directly head to South. Can you please let me know what do you think I will miss the most if I do NOT travel to North ?

Looking forward to hear from you and trust me, reading your post has increased by excitement level to optimum

Hey Rohit – that’s awesome. Send us photos from NZ. You won’t regret doing the self-drive trip instead of a guided tour. If you have 7-10 days exploring only South Island makes sense. The highlights of North Island, which you’ll miss are the thermal springs and limestone formations in Rotorua.

Thanks Savi Vid for your response. 1 more input please. I am almost set up with my plan except the one below. What would you suggest between these 2 options for 3 days and why ? Remaining 7 days, I have planned for South New Zealand and that looks fine for me

1. India to Christchurh. Christchurch, Arthur pass, castle hill, great alpine highway, bealey valley and remaining time in south 2. India to Auckland. Auckland + Rotoura. Then fly from Rotoura to Christchurch and remaining 7 days in South

This is the only part of my planning left. Appreciate your help here

Regards, Rohit

Hey Rohit – it really depends on your personal preferences but if you have 10 days, we’d suggest flying to Christchurch and spending them all on the South Island 🙂

Hi Savi and Vid,

I really enjoyed your trip report. Would you recommend doing both the north and south if I have about 2 weeks? I was hopeful to visit Sydney for NYE prior to NZ, so probably have a total of 18 nights. Thanks!

Hey Melanie – we visited Sydney for NYE prior to our roadtrip in NZ too 🙂 Sure if you have 18 nights, do explore both North and South Island. If you like to take it slow and easy, then stick to just the South Island

Hey guys ! I love reading your blog and it has definitely helped me out in planning my trips especially the german alpine road trip. It was amazing as you said it was. I didnt even know it existed until I read your blog. I am now planning a new zealand road trip and naturally my point of reference was your blog first( I remember reading about it earlier) then I’d google everything else. But I’ve noticed that every single pictures has an ad which pops up. It can get a little bit annoying when the add pops up and I have to cancel it every single time. I love looking at the pictures you take (you guys do take some amazing pictures), is there any other way around this ? Or is this how the blog will be like from now on ? Not trying to sound negative or anything like that, just wondering. I don’t own a blog so I don’t know how it all works. Thanks guys 🙂

Thanks a ton for informing us about this. We don’t mind at all – in fact we really appreciate the feedback. We actually run minimal ads on our website, so will definitely look into why this is happening and address it asap 🙂 So happy to hear that you enjoyed our post on Bavaria and made it there. Yay

Yes we (took my parents too) did enjoy the german alpine trip. It was the highlight of our Europe trip. So many other blogs do not have as much detail/information as yours. If the ad stuff enables you guys to upkeep this blog and continue doing what you guys are doing, then so be it. 🙂 I will just cancel out the ads to see the full picture. Keep travelling and passing on those detailed information and amazing pictures. That is why we all love reading your blog 🙂 Oh and Im originally from Malaysia but have called Australia home for the last 12 years; if you do get the chance to go back to Malaysia, go to Penang ! Its got an amazing food scene, georgetown especially but check out the whole island 🙂

Thanks a ton for your note Rosh – we’ve taken care of the intrusive ads now. Would love to be able to visit Penang soon 🙂

Hi guys am planning a self drive trip nz trip with my kids aged 7 n 3 ..need your help in planning my trip..i have gone through your itenery n liked it a lot..

Hey Bhavik – we wrote all our tips and suggestions in the 4 articles. Do read all 4 while planning your road trip in New Zealand

First of all congratulations on such an amazing job with the blog! We were planning our trip to New Zealand when we started following your blog. The blog was extremely helpful and it helped us plan our trip perfectly. Thanks to you we got a lot of information on what to do and what not to do.

New Zealand was amazing and I loved it! Thanks a lot for everything!

Hey Gargi – we’re SO happy to hear that our Guide to a roadtrip in New Zealand was helpful for you. Do send us photos from your roadtrip – we’d love to share them with our readers on Facebook and tag you 🙂

Thanks for such a detailed itenary. THis really helped us in planning our New Zealand trip. We just returned from our two week road trip in NZ. We had a really packed itenary as we could take only 2 weeks off, but it was totally worth it. I couldn’t find the ozone coffee roasters that you guys mentioned in your post :(. I am a coffee lover and I was in love with New Zealand coffee.

I love your blogs and bruised passport has become quite a household word between me and my husvand. Thank you once again for being such a great inspiration.

Hey Athira,

So happy to hear that you had a great time in NZ – it’s a gorgeous place, isn’t it? 🙂

Do share your photos with us – we’d like to share them with the Bruised Passports family!

I live in New Zealand and have missed a couple of things. Gosh you guys are incredible. Can never get enough. Following your instinct and taking the leap of faith is not everyone’s cup of tea and doing it like this is another deal altogether. More success and adventure to you both <3

Its Disha… Damn autocorrect lol

Thanks a million for all the love Disha 🙂 So happy you spotted a couple of new places in our itinerary of New Zealand

Hi Guys…lovely pics and kudos to the passion tht you are living up everyday…This year we are planning for a road trip with our 20 mth old daughter for apprx 10 days somewhere in april or may.

We are not able to finalize the location though..sometime I think about going to Italy or Austria-Croatia or to discover New Zealand. What will you suggest to us given the time, season, baby and a fair budget allocation? We both love nature over man made creations..I need to refine my location so tht I can build my itinerary..many thanks and take care

Hey Arti – thanks a ton. We would definitely suggest Croatia if you have just 10 days and prefer nature over man-made creations 🙂 It’s family-friendly and you’ll have no trouble driving there.

Thank you for the information,

What an excellent and comprehensive itinerary! Road tripping through New Zealand is one of the most incredible experiences! To explore the country at your leisure, and to stop off at the seemingly endless beautiful sights around the country really gives you a sense of freedom. I’ve written a couple itineraries for New Zealand’s North and South Islands as well! If you plan your trip well beforehand, you’re almost guaranteed to have an excellent time, and I think looking at itineraries is an excellent way to prepare yourself for your tour of this beautiful country!

We do love New Zealand too. Glad you enjoyed our write-up Mark 🙂

Thanks for the itinerary. I will be going over your blog again and again since I am planning ‘ my trip. And yours is very helpful!! We are doing a 15 days trip and we have thought to cover most of the places that you have shared.

Hey Priyanka, we are happy to know that you found the information worth while.And also that it has helped you in planning your trip to New Zealand.Hope you have an awesome trip there…Happy travels:)

Hey Guys, This article is so beautiful and so well written. Makes me want to pack my bag already. Kudos to the two of you!

Also guys If I were to go and add Abel Tasman to the itinerary how would i be able to do so? Please give your suggestion.

Thanks a lot Pallav. If you want to go to Abel Tasman, you could drive from Blenheim to the park and then drive all the way down to Fox/Franz Joseph. You might have to miss Arthur’s Pass in that case 🙂

Wats ur take on hobbiton …. hobbiton or or cormandel. ..wat should one prefer … also ferry or domestic flight from north to south island….wats ur take ???

We’d recommend Coromandel but that’s our personal choice. We know a lot of people who’d try to fit both into their itinerary for New Zealand 🙂

As for flight or ferry, well we chose the latter and didn’t feel like we made a bad choice. If you take the ferry, than you can drive from the North tip of the South Island and perhaps fit in Arthur National park too ::)

Hello guys? We are planning to go newzeland !!! Which month is best to visit newzeland? N even want to buy new camera can u suggesr the best camera for beginners n which we can easily carry!! Just love ur all pictures awsome pics!!! N i love ur blogs very helpful ?

Thanks a lot Pooja.

New Zealand is great between November and March however December can get very busy. We went in Jan/Feb and got great weather and fewer tourists. In so far as cameras go, you could look into Nikon D3400 or D5500.

Have a great trip 🙂

Hi Guys, we are planning a trip to Newzealand in October(mid october to end). We are planning to be there for 16 days. Will October be a good time to Visit? Also, since we have only 16 days we can either do Auckland-Bay Of Islands-Auckland-Coromandel-Rotorua-Auckland-Queenstown-Te anau-Wanaka-Franz Joseph-Chirstchurch- Auckland OR Auckland -Waitomo-Taupo-Rotorua-Christchurch-Kaikoura-Tekapo,Pukai,Aoraki-Wanaka-Franz Joseph-Queenstown-Auckland

Net Net what I am trying to ask is should we do Bay of Islands or should we go for Waitomo,Taupo?

Even though we did not go to Bay of Islands (and went to Taupo), I’d pick Bay of Islands over Taupo especially since you will go to Rotorua in either case. Bay of Islands will give your trip an added variety 🙂

I’d go for the former 🙂

Have a great trip

Amazingly well written and beautiful Pictures. I am also planning to go in mid November and I am sure to follow details given by you. Can you suggest a 15-16 days itinerary based on your 20 days trip. And yes I will be on a budget 🙂

Hey Ankit – just stick to the itinerary and cut out a couple of days in North Island. Unfortunately it’s hard to do NZ on a strict budget as it’s quite expensive to drink, eat, and stay in NZ but check out our post on accommodation for your New Zealand roadtrip for recommendations of a few B&Bs and hostels that we liked: https://www.bruisedpassports.com/new-zealand/new-zealand-road-trip-accommodation

I couldnt see any date of the blogpost But going by the first comment in Apr, I assume you guys travelled sometime in March-April ?

That would expect to be time for autumn in NZ Yet your piotures are very sunny, suggesting summer

So when did you guys exactly do this trip ?

Hi we travelled in Feb and got great, warm weather most days. Cheers

Hi guys, love your blog! I’m Thinking about NZ road trip after seeing your post. Just wondering how difficult is it to drive in New Zealand? I never drive on the left side of the road before ?

You should definitely go to NZ and drive there. It’s not difficult as long as you follow the rules and general precautions that you would take anywhere you drive 🙂

Hi Savi and Vid! Both me and my husband(Age 60 and 66) are planning to do our 1st ever road trip in a foreign land (read Newzealand) in Feb.

When I Googled for info on the same the first blog that showed up was yours and my search began and ended there! You have gone through a great deal of trouble to put together such minute and all the important details of your roadtrip.This has made it all so super easy for travellers like us that I am left with no questions to ask!

Hats off to both of you and may God bless you with a lifetime of such wonderful holidays where you not only enjoy to the fullest but ensure through your blog that others do too.

If you have any further tips to give for first timers who shall be driving in New zealand please do let us know.

Dear Deepali – your comment put a huge smile on my face. We put all our tips here, so we don’t have more to offer but so happy we could help you out. Hope you have an amazing time in New Zealand 🙂

Heading there in Jan!

Thank you so much for an amazing itinerary! Made my job of planning so much easier 🙂

So happy to hear that Anum 🙂 Have fun in New Zealand and send us photos

Hey Savi and Vid, Your itinerary has helped me just like so many other people to plan my travel as well. Looking forward to see more in future. Thank you 🙂

So happy to hear that our itineraryf or a road trip in New Zealand helped you out so much Yashvi 🙂

Your itinerary has helped me a lot. Thanks a lot for that. I had a couple of questions

1. Do you know about the tongariro alpine crossing trek. Is it worth the effort to trek 19 kms 2. How was the weather in feb, should we carry a few winter clothes

Thanks, Rahul

Hey Rahul – yes you should definitely try to do the Tongariro alpine crossing trek – we didn’t go but it’s supposed to be amazing. It’s quite warm in February but would still suggest carrying at least 1 warm jacket and 1 jumper as the weather can turn very quickly in New Zealand

Hi Savi/Vid,

You have rightly stated ‘a road trip through NZ shouldn’t be the first one..’ we did this road trip many moons ago and no other road trip gave us that wow factor! our itinerary was very similar to yours expect that we flew from wellington to Queenstown, as much as we wanted to drive, we were short of time :(. This year we are planning on a road trip through the Canadian rockies and going to follow your itinerary..

So happy to hear that. Do send us photos from the Canadian Rockies when you visit 🙂

Your pictures are beautiful! Do you mind sharing what camera you use?

I have a Canon EOS R, Nikon D610, and a Canon EOS M50 (and also a gopro and drone) 🙂

Amazing post. The photos are unbelievable. Especially envious of the one of the night sky. We were captivated by it but never got a picture anywhere near good enough to do it justice!

Sounds like you guys did a very similar route to us. I think the only thing extra we managed to sneak in was the Tongariro crossing!

If you get time, I would love to have your opinion on the blog we wrote about our trip. http://kiwicampervanchronicles.blogspot.co.uk/

Keep up the great work! 🙂

Thank you Alex 🙂

Thank you for your amazing itinerary!! It is already making my planning easier…

I am going on a 20-day (inclusive of flying) honeymoon with my husband in June & we are intending to follow this itinerary..

We are flying into Auckland (ETA 10-ish AM) & flying out of Christchurch (ETA 10-ish AM).

Is there a way to slot in both Coromandel Peninsula & Hobbiton?

Transport-wise, is it possible/ advisable to do both a car & campervan? We are thinking of using campervan for a couple of days or so just for the experience..

Hey that’s so cool 🙂 Yes you can always do campervan in North Island and self-drive car in South Island 🙂

You can definitely do both Coromandel and Hobbiton although the days will be shorter in June so fewer hours to drive 🙂

In any case, hope you had an amazing time driving around New Zealand

Your pictures are so stunning! New Zealand looks like a great adventure, that everybody should try! Love it! 🙂

It sure is 🙂

Could u advise on the license for car rentals, are international driver permit/ idl really required?

No international driver permit is not required 🙂

Just as magical as I remember, Nice itinerary and fabulous nature scenes captured!

Hi, Your blog is very helpful and give all the guidance we wanted and thanks for that! Myself and my friend is planning on a roadtrip and we booked our flight to and from Auckland. We have 15 days and would like to spend 3 days in sydney as well. So if you can advise on what is the best way to travel (Auckland->syney->Auckland, Auckland->Sydney->Queenstown/wellington??) that would be great! Thanks in advance:)

I’d say Auckland, spend a couple of days, fly to Sydney, Sydney to Christchurch, rent a car and drive South Island and then back to Auckland, return car and fly out.

Your pictures are amazing. Can you please share the app you use to edit it and what filter you use (if any). How do you get that dreamy glaze to some of your pictures?

Hey Priyanka – I don’t use filters or apps. I just use Lightroom on my laptop to edit photos. But I spend a lot of time manually composing shots and playing around with the camera 🙂

Pictures are breathtaking !!!!! So want to visit New Zealand now. And every picture is worth being a wallaper!! beautifully captured!!

Guys, thanks so much for your blog. We recently visited New Zealand from U.K. and your blog justifies the beauty of this amazing country.

Hi, I am planning my honeymoon trip in the month of March, 2019. As per my current itinerary, I am travelling my Queenstown to Franz Joseph and staying there for 2 nights. However, I am equally tempted to do Mt. Cook and Lake Tekapo and spend a night there. If I had to choose one, which one would you suggest?

We’d choose Mt. Cook and Lake Tekapo 🙂

These photos are incredible! I offer a free trip planning service for NZ and would love to work with you. I’ve sent an email – if you haven’t received this, let me know!

Hey Savi n Vid, Is it safe for just 2 people to go on a road trip in South Island? Loved your itinerary and would like to go on a 10-day South Island road trip. Can i drive in NZ with a USA license? Please suggest.

Thanks a ton Regards Chetana

Hey yes it’s absolutelysafe for just 2 people to go on a road trip in South Island. That’s what we did and thousands of other couples drive around in New Zealand each year. The last we knew, you could drive in NZ with a USA license – however it is still better to confirm with your car rental agency before booking as these things keep changing 🙂

Wow what a great blog and amazing pics, really enjoyed it. We were planning a 10N NZ road self drive in April. Initial plan was to cover both islands after landing in Auckland. After reading your wonderful tour I realise it would be woefully short. Is it possible to cover north island highlights like geothermal rotorua in 2 or 3N and head to south island for east 8N, if so what are the highlights one can cover in SI? Thanks again!

Yes you can spend 2 or 3 nights in Taupo/Rotorua and then head to South Island – all highlights for South Island New Zealand are in this blog – you can see which ones you like and prioritise those 🙂

Absolutely loved your photos and details shared in the blog. My husband and I are travelling this March for 3 weeks and following your itinerary almost to the T! Just looking for a few suggestions though: 1) Is the drive from Taupo to Wellington a must – or should we save driving time and take a flight instead? 2) Is Kaikoura and Coromandel Cove similar in terms of vistas? Should we skip Kaikoura? 3)Arthur’s Pass surely sounds a must do, but the photos seem a bit arid and Leh Ladakh sorts..Would you recommend Abel Tasman NP over Arthur’s Pass NP? 4) You have not made Te Anau your base, is it better to stay in Te Anau/ Milford Sound? 5) We are from Mumbai, do we need to get an International Driving License or will our Indian driving cards suffice? 6) Did you consider visiting Punakaiki when planning?

Looking to hear back! Thanks a ton, Regards, AC

Hey Alisha,

So sorry we couldn’t get back to you. Hope you had a great time in New Zealand. Answering your questions as they might help others:

1) It’s nothing spectacular (compared to South Island) but logistically easier to keep the car 2) Yes you can skip Kaikoura – it’s good if you want to go whale watching! 3) There’s all k inds of landscapes in and around Arthur’s Pass NP. Even Abel Tasman is amazing (so we hear) so i’m sure you won’t go wrong in picking either 4) We preferred to make one place a base for 4 days than move around every second day. It’s a personal choice – you can definitely make Te Anau your base for Milford Sound 5) We didn’t need it 6) No we didn’t 🙂

Hope this helps. If you read this, do share photos from your trip with us 🙂

Hi there, been referencing to your article several times to plan for ours. Great stuff! Question – do you inform Hertz on the date and time you’re crossing over to the other island? Or do you just appear at the ferry station, drop off the car, and then pick up another one on the other island?

The Hertz website doesn’t seem to ask for the details during booking. Thanks in advance!

Yes we had to inform Hertz about the tentative crossing time 🙂

Lovely pictures and great idea. Thank you for the information. What month did you visit?

We did this road trip in New Zealand in February

Gone through your post . It’s really useful and your pics are really gorgeous. I am also planning a road trip to New Zealand in November.

What about the driving permit in New Zealand if you have Indian Driven license?

Thanks Shweta!

We were able to drive in New Zealand on our Indian Driving License !

This is amazing way to explore this beautiful city, It’s awesome to surround with great mountains with greenery and a lot of water. This is really great experience that one can have. Thanks mate for your great post, I love your pictures and appreciate your writing efforts.

Thank you for an amazing post. Planning a trip in November. Couple of quick questions :

1) Is it worth going from India for a week’s trip? 2) What do you recommend we must cover in a week? 3) Is there a reason you missed glow worm caves and hobbiton ?

1) Better if you go for 2 2) South Island 3) No particular reason

Hi Savi and Vid , Lots of appreciation to u guys cuz u really help millions a lot . Q: Guys I am planning my honeymoon trip for NZ and Fiji for 15 days including traveling in November .Are they enough ? Should I extend it for 3-4 days also ? And What do u prefer first , NZ and Fiji or vice versa .

Will be helpful if you guys could take out time and reply here . Anyways Great Work . God Bless Bruised Passports

Thank you so much Radhika 🙂 And congratulations.

If you can add 3-4 days, then definitely do that so that you spend 2 weeks in New Zealand and then 5-6 days in a beautiful resort in Fiji. We’d say do the New Zealand road trip first and then Fiji. You can read about our Fiji adventures here: https://www.bruisedpassports.com/category/fiji

Thank you for this blog post. It’s a great starting point for planning a trip to NZ. We are travelling to NZ for a 13 day trip. After reading your travelogue, we have crunched down the itinerary as follows. Would be grateful for your advice if this seems fine or should we make some changes.

Nov 24 – Land in Auckland at noon

Nov 25 – Rotorua or Waiheke island?

Nov 26 – Rotorua

Nov 27 – Rotorua (Hobbiton tour)

Nov 28 – Rotorua to Christchurch flight. Pick up car from Christchurch airport and head straight to Arthur’s Pass.

Nov 29 – Arthur’s Pass

Nov 30 – Fox Glacier (Fraz Joseph)

Dec 1 – Wanaka

Dec 2 – Queenstown (via Crown Range route)

Dec 3 – Queenstown (Milford Sound)

Dec 4 – Queenstown (adventure activity)

Dec 5 – Lake Tekapo/ Pukaki (Mt Cook)

Dec 6 – Fly to Auckland after dropping car at Christchurch Airport.

Dec 7 – Fly out of NZ

Looks great. Enjoy and share photos with us

Hey you guys have described the whole trip in such a amazing way..i could recollect almost everything..But why hvnt you included Bay of Island in this itinerary ?

Probably because we were short on time and had to leave something out. Given it’s New Zealand, it’s so difficult to decide what to leave out. We left Bay of Island out for our next trip (a big incentive for us to return ;))

What is the maximum time one has to drive in the whole road trip?

If you do a return drive from Queenstown to Milford sound then that will be your longest drive – around 10 hours or so in a day but totally manageable in New Zealand

Amazing blog!! Really helpful for the one who is looking to travel in NZ. Great..Keep Sharing!!

This is SO beautiful wow!! I live in New Zealand but this has opened my eyes even more to its beauty

Happy to hear that 🙂

Thanks for a detailed Itinerary. Pretty helpful in prepping up for our honeymoon trip to New Zealand. We are planning a 16 day trip from Auckland to Queenstown, Had a question – We are taking a Hertz car for our travel throughout these 16 days. Would be crossing from North to South Island with Interislander Ferry. As you guys did, we would also be dropping our vehicle at Wellington and picking up at Picton. So, While booking an Interislander ferry, did you guys mention that you would taking the vehicle?

From the booking site, we have received the following response – None of the above suppliers permit travel on the ferry between the North & South Islands, all however offer Inter island bookings where you confirm a booking as if the vehicle will be travelling on the ferry. Once the booking confirms, you then contact the supplier to advise of your cross over details & they will make a vehicle available on the other side all included in the original Total Cost.

Please share what you guys did?

Happy to hear the road trip itinerary is helpful 🙂

Well, that is exactly what we did. We dropped the car in Wellington and picked it up at Picton. Pretty much what the paragraph states. One booking with Hertz and then we informed them of our cross over details. Just inform Hertz what time you’ll be dropping the car off in Wellington and what time you’ll pick the next car in Picton. They’ll arrange everything.

Hope that helps

Hello, This is very helpful article it helps so many people. Thank you for sharing

thank you bruisedpassports for giving me wonderful information

You’re welcome!

Hi, your pictures are amazing! Can i do the same itinerary but in Spring i.e. months of Sept and Oct. Also, if i only have 8-10 days, which locations would you suggest i skip? Many Thanks!

Yes you can do it in end September / October (although it can be a bit windy). If you have only 8 days we’d suggest just doing the places in South Island mentioned in the itinerary 🙂

My husband and I recently took a trip to NZ and must have referred to your blog like a 100 times. Loved the itinerary and all the places visited/recommended by you did deliver more than our expectations! I will not shy away from referring my friends to your blog. Keep writing and traveling!!! May you travel to space one day and write a blog about that :))

Hey Akanksha,

Thank you so much for leaving that note. So happy to hear our article was helpful 🙂 Do share some photos from your trip with us if you don’t mind (you can send them on our Instagram channel @bruisedpassports)

Thanks for all the love

Hello Team Bruised Passport,

I so enjoyed reading your NZ trip. Have got inspired to plan one for myself with family.

Small qs – Which month did you guys travel ? Could you guide if 20 Mar-10Apr bracket would be suitable to travel? Have a school going daughter so want to manage this trip in her spring break.

Many thanks for inspiring!

Happy to hear that. We did this New Zealand road trip in Feb. March end should be fine 🙂

Great article. New Zealand is a must see destination. Lots of good times.

Absolutely! There’s no other experience like a road trip in New Zealand 🙂

I can’t wait to get to NZ! I used to lived in Melbourne and knew a lot of Kiwis, the ones I have met have all been so chilled and down to earth. Combine that with the mountains and outdoors activities in South Island, I cannot wait to go and explore NZ! 🙂

Wow! Nice Blog And I Really Just Love It and Thanks For Sharing With us

amazing blog thanks for sharing this helpful blog.

This brought back so many happy memories for us – we travelled NZ in winter (fffffreezing but spectacularly wonderful) and so good to see that the country is still stunningly beautiful, despite the passage of time.

Rosemary, do we get to see beautiful greenery in winter as well?

Great. New Zealand is really a place which can mesmerize. There are so many things that a person can do here.

Hi guys, thanks for sharing and great pics!

Wonderful information, thanks a lot for sharing kind of content with us. Your blog gives the best and the most interesting information. I wonder if we can gather such practical information about new Zealand road trip itinerary.. Great one!!

amazing thanks for sharing this amazing blog like to read your blogs keep sharing.

wow that great article

Thanks for sharing this interesting and informative information

Camping is possibly the finest way to enjoy the serenity of nature, experience many moods of exotic India with its dramatic landscapes, rustic and unexplored rural surroundings with the company of your friends and family, it is the best mode to spend time in the lap of nature and forget the mundane affairs of an otherwise hectic life. We provide Picnic Near to delhi and also Camping Near to Delhi. It also provides an opportunity to spend quality time with the loved ones and understand them better. https://campinghub.co.in/

Amazing content. Love your writing. Thanks for sharing this amazing article.

In which months 9 days trip is suggested in South Island for adrenaline activities

Summer months (November- February) are best for adventure sports

Moving to New Zealand is so exciting! Have a great time! Greets.

Your article was very good, and you have given very good information in this article. I regularly read all the articles on your website

Amazing blog. Thank you for share.

New Zealand is in my bucket list. Thanks for the fantastic post, it’s definitely gonna help me p[lanning a perfect itinerary to this country.

Nice Article.

Great post Savi! The narration is flowing and lucide.

The picture of Muriwai Beach is stunning.

Hi Savi, I am also planning a road trip to NZ, you have shared very amazing pics of your road trips. Thank You for sharing this amazing information with us and best of luck with your future trips.

It is a great website. The design looks very good. I will bookmark this page. I enjoyed the information.

Thanks for sharing these the Best Places to Visit in Summer in India

This is amazing. I really enjoyed your content. Good job and keep it up.

On a winter trip to Jaisalmer, you can spend most of your vacation time and join a fun desert trip. With so many beautiful places and fun events, the city is without a doubt a wonderful tourist destination.

I’m generally contributing to a blog and I really like your content. The article has really helped me. I’m going to bookmark your page and keep up with checking for new Topics. I’m searching for some great blog destinations for consideration. I was looking over web indexes and discovered your blog webpage. Well, I like your top-notch blog website plan in addition to your posting capacities. Continue to do it.

Great content. Very detailed.

I have bookmarked your blog, Great content on your New Zealand road trip.

This is a good website, I have been reading its articles for a long time.

New Zealand is in my bucket list. Thanks for the fantastic post, it’s definitely gonna help me p[lanning a perfect itinerary to this country.

Great man, I am jealous how you can click so awesome images, can you make a detailed article about the gear, softwares, and methods that you use to click such awesome images?

Nice article

Just the article I needed!

Beautiful pictures. Would love to visit. Thank You for shaing!

Hey Priyanka – I don’t use filters or apps. I just use Lightroom on my laptop to edit photos. But I spend a lot of time manually composing shots and playing around with the camera ?

This is interesting

New Zealand head chef Francisco Fioriti returns to the lodge for the 2021/2022 seasons and brings his wealth of knowledge of New Zealand cuisine and techniques to craft a very unique and diverse dining experience each evening. Fancy relaxing with your friends over a delicious meal in the comfort of one of New Zealand’s leading Luxury Lodges? from September 2021 Fiordland Lodge is offering the opportunity in and around business levels for both lunch and dinner dining for non-house guests.

Your article is very so fantastic I enjoy your article and many many thanks for sharing.

great new zealand road trips are amazing this is very intersting blog.

You explain everything very well. I have read many of your articles as well. If I want any information related to this, then I come directly to your website by searching Google.

awesome and amazing story.

This is a good website, I have been reading its articles for a long time. If I do not find a solution to any problem, then I come and search on this website. However, a lot of work has happened that day when I did not get the answer to my question.

New Zealand head chef Francisco Fioriti returns to the lodge for the 2021/2022 seasons and brings his wealth of knowledge of New Zealand cuisine and techniques to craft a very unique and diverse dining experience each evening. Fancy relaxing with your friends over a delicious meal in the comfort of one of New Zealand’s leading Luxury Lodges? from September 2021 Fiordland Lodge is offering the opportunity in and around business levels for both lunch and dinner dining for non-house guests.

The artistic style of sharing information had kept me bound throughout the blog. I would like to thank the writer for sharing such amazing and informative content with us and will share it with my friends and family members. I also request the writer to keep sharing such interesting content with us.

You have described the journey very well and have also written an in-depth article, and the pictures you have put in this post that’s are amazing

Just happened to come across your site as I googled for road trips. What a wonderful site with amazing photos, videos and text to go with it! You haven’t mentioned about the cost for this road trip or have I missed it??

I ended up coming across your site when searching for family vacations. What a superb blog, complete with beautiful photographs, videos, and content! .Keep writing like this. I also love your videos & instgaram post.

I can’t wait to get to NZ! I used to lived in Melbourne and knew a lot of Kiwis, the ones I have met have all been so chilled and down to earth. Combine that with the mountains and outdoors activities in South Island, I cannot wait to go and explore NZ! ?

Thank you !

This blog is so inspiring! It’s comprehensive and most of all, it’s the kind of travel i like!

Great write up and awesome pictures!

Keep travelling and keep seeing the world!

Hi Savi! I love this blog of yours. I will definitely go back to this blog when I am able to go to New Zealand in the future.

Beautiful photos! NZ is on the top of my travel bucket list so I’ll use your guide as reference when I do. Thank you for sharing!

Great content. super detailed and informative.

This is SO beautiful wow…

great road trips blogs. very amazing intersting post.

We Decided to go on a trip in the very first week of December. Probably to Japan

You have explained very well. You are managing your blog very well. Thank you for giving correct and better information.

Thank you so much for posting this, I really enjoyed reading this article. I want you to keep writing such articles so that our knowledge keeps increasing.

It is a great website.

Awesome Trip!…. You have describe very well..

It wans a graet terip, thakn you sommudhch, If a lide no ispem aasae demnur?

thanks…for…the…valuable…information….

You always Write awesome Blog posts Also Thanks For This Type of Great Content..

this is best blog You are managing your blog very well. i love it

this trip blog was very good i will recommend to my friend

New Zealand Trip Is My Life Dream , Very Natural Place. Love It.

आपके ब्लॉग की सारी पोस्ट अच्छी है।

This post bring spark to our team eyes. We’re looking forward travelling to New Zealand for short trip this 2023. This guide will help a lot. Thanks.

It’s great, the way you describe your trip is fantastic, I really enjoyed to read this article..

Hi Guys – THanks much for all the great info! Would you please tell me if I have valid Indian license do I still need driver’s permit to rent and drive car in new zealand? Do I need any other document apart from Indian driving license in new zealand?

Your valid Indian license should be enough 🙂

great info. have a wonderful Blog. ?

This is a wonderful blog. Thank you also for this type of great content!

Thanks for sharing with us, very informative and useful tips.

Hey Savi and Vidit, Thanks for the detailed blog on the amazing road trip to NZ. I and my husband are planning to follow your itinerary and plan our honeymoon for next month. We just had a small question for you guys and hope we get some insights into it. We are thinking of starting from Christchurch and ending our trip in Auckland as we saw the prices of car rental are cheaper in the reverse way, do you guys have any recommendations on it, if so please let us know that would be really helpful to us! Thanks again!

Hey you’ll be absolutely ok doing it the other way round too – just pick the way that offers the best car rental rates and flights combo 🙂

Nice blog, Too much interesting.

very nice article you have written i enjoyed reading it

thanks for sharing, i like to travel and spend holidays in Manali

Nice and informative blog and great knowledge about this place.

Great post! You’ve provided such valuable insights and information. Thank you for sharing your knowledge with us.

Pictures in Your blog make me travel now. Actually, I am also working for Four travel company Four Wheel Drive India, and love to write travel blogs. But I must say your blogs are really very helpful as well as conveying.

great tour itinerary. your pictures really beautiful. I have never been com to NZ. i wanna go this country after read your post.. thank you for sharing

Thanks for sharing the perfect article.

Hey, I really love your content, the amount of detail and information you have provided is incredible. True adblocker is the best AdBlock for Chrome, it discard all the unnecessary ads, pop-ups and also provide full protection from the third party trackers, this AdBlock for chrome is used by millions of people across the globe to fasten their speed, so, download this app now to get rid of annoying ads. More information visit this site TrueAdBlocker

Thanks for sharing with us, very informative and useful tips. Taxi In Jodhpur

Hey, I really love your content, the amount of detail and information you have provided is incredible.True adblocker is the best AdBlock for Chrome, it discard all the unnecessary ads, pop-ups and also provide full protection from the third party trackers, this AdBlock for chrome is used by millions of people across the globe to fasten their speed, so, download this app now to get rid of annoying ads. More information visit this site TrueAdBlocker

A very well written article. Read our blogs too.

I have visited it back in 2010. Then did North India tour, both of the trips were amazing. It was quite a blessed road trip.

This blog is very informative. It provides the valuable information of the new zealand road trip and hghlights one should keep in mind. New zealand is a beautiful place where you can spend your holidays with natural and beautiful sights. it is one of the wounderful places where one can enjoy the colourful lakes, thermal springs, high mountain passes and beaches. This article has such a great information to read, thank you for sharing this great content with us.

Thanks for shareing with us such information.

Interesting information, visit our blog too

Can you suggest me some best treks of NewZealand?

Thanks for writing this informative and useful post. Here you will describe all about new zealand road trip in a very interesting and detailed form.

Thank you for sharing facts on a New Zealand road trip that I had never read before. I really enjoy all of the photographs and the well-written text.

Thanks for Sharing This Incredible information

amazing place

Your article is very helpful! You can also read my blog about Whether you’re looking for a luxurious hotel in pleasanton california to stay or a more affordable option, you’re sure to find the perfect hotel for your needs in Pleasanton.

Thanks for sharing such a amazing information with us it pleasure to read your blog it help to all trekking blogger I am searching such a great tips from longtime but I didn’t found such valuable info .

Thanks for sharing, this is very helpful to travel Newzealand

Thank you for providing such detailed information about New Zealand. It’s in my bucket list and your this blog clear some of my doubts… Kudos to you…

Nice article awesome information newzealand trip

Awesome & Helpful Info On NewZealand Trip……

Great info, Thanks for sharing this!

Thank you for sharing the informative information.

Its very Informative Blog, I like this blog and thanks to those person who wrote this blog…..

Hi the information you have given is very informative

Many thanks for exploring our New Zealand trip blog article. We hope our insights inspire an amazing journey, filled with the beauty and wonder of this incredible destination

Embark on a journey of wonder and luxury with our curated Emirates tour packages. Unforgettable experiences await!

Thank you for sharing the informative information for the New Zealand trip. While we’re on the topic of travel, let’s not forget the captivating Al Ain City Tour. Explore its rich heritage, lush oases, and stunning architecture for an unforgettable Arabian adventure

This blog is a captivating virtual adventure, guiding readers through the breathtaking landscapes and hidden gems of this enchanting country. It’s an inspiring resource for anyone seeking the ultimate road trip experience.

Its my dream to visit for New Zealand Tour, love this blog. Thanks for sharing this one with us.

This blog is a mesmerizing digital journey, leading readers on an exploration of the awe-inspiring panoramas and concealed treasures of this captivating nation. It stands as an inspiring wellspring of information for those in pursuit of the quintessential road trip escapade.

this is vary grate site

Wonderful & very informative blog. Thanks for sharing such a informative and useful travel post. Thank you for such detailed description of the destination. Good you explained everything in detail it has been a great help.

You have written a very good blog. Nice to read. There was very good information in it.

What an exhilarating adventure! Your Epic New Zealand Road Trip has left me inspired and itching to hit the open road. ????✨

Hey! I am following your itinerary for the South Island road trip but I am curious how did you choose between driving through the west coast and the east coast? General google searches suggest that west coast is more scenic, hence the question. What were your deciding factors?

Your writing style effortlessly draws readers in and makes complex ideas easy to understand I appreciated such clarity.

Wonderful & very informative article. I think these tips and advice are much helpful. Great Sharing, Thank you for such detailed description of the destination. All the pictures are gorgeous. Excellent Explanation.

Me and my wife dreamed of visiting New Zealand for years. She was in Australia last year, and was really close, but external circumstances prevented her from coming. Now we are planning this winter (summer in New Zealand as I write from the northern semisphere..). The article is great and it is really inspiring.

Hey so happy to hear that – hope you had an amazing road trip

Hey, lovely pictures and detailed itinerary. We are visiting NZ this year in April. Hope it’s a good time to visit. One question is whether to take the ferry out to fly to the South Island?

Yes April will be nice 🙂 if you’re renting a car in the North, then better to take the ferry. Otherwise you can fly. Both options are convenient and comfortable

First things first, I love your work and have been following since years. You have given some crazy travel goals to us, specially because we relate with your style of travelling. We as a couple enjoy adventure, offbeat and experiential travelling.

Needed some help, planning a trip to NZ in January for about 15 days. Had a couple of questions:

1. Driving through coromandel peninsula – would it be worth it to skip this and do waitomo glow worm caves alongwith hobbiton movie set? Did you consider these options? 2. Rotorua vs taupo – since we are short on time, which one would you suggest to spend more time in? 3. Flight vs ferry – flight from rotorua or ferry from wellington – what were your deciding factors? In case we are not doing taupo, would it make sense to take the flight and save time or the interislander is worth every bit of extra time here? 4. Arthurs pass to Franz josef – how did you manage to do the franz josef heli hike (which is about 4 hours? or not?) while travelling all the way to wanaka? Can you share the website you booked the tour through? I 5. Is Wanaka worth trading off something else from the itinerary since we have only 15 days? 6. Bookings and arrangements – is it safe to explore and book everything on our own (specially things like whale watching tours/ heli hikes etc) or would you recommend going via a travel agent to help get the best guides? How do you manage everything without support of any local agent?

I know this is a long list, but would be really helpful for us. Been waiting for NZ since about an year now

Hi Kanishka,

HAppy to hear that. Trying to answer your questions below:

a) Yes we did consider those options but chose Coromandel peninsula as it’s beautiful. You can easily do the other 2 instead b) Rotorua c) yes you can fly from Rotorua. we just wanted to make it a full road trip, so decided to skip the flight 🙂 d) Super early start and late finish 🙂 e) We’d suggest spending a couple of days in Wanaka for sure. Maybe you can skip Christchurch f) yes it’s safe to book everything on your own through reliable booking providers. we just do a lot of research and then when we are at the destination, we leave some flexibility to change things on suggestions of locals

hope you had an amazing trip. sorry for the delay in responding

The glowworm caves in Waitomo look enchanting! Did you take any guided tours, and if so, do you have any recommendations? I’d love to experience that magical sight myself. Overall, thanks for sharing your New Zealand road trip—it’s truly inspiring!

HEy we didn’t go to Waitomo 🙂 hope you have an amazing road trip in NEw Zealand

Thanks for this informative article

Is it possible for you guys to give a slightly consolidated intenrary like 8-9 day trip. Flying in to Auckland and Flying out of Christchurch.

That’ll be a difficult task as 8 days is quite short, especially if you’re flying into Auckland and flying out of Christchurch. I’d say skip the southern part of south island (which would be a shame), and do Auckland, Rotorua, Maybe Fox glacier when you move to south, and the area around Christchurch.

Thanks for sharing this road trip tips !!!

Excellent & informative blog with such good tips and superb photographs. We (4 of us) are planning a visit in April as we wish to enjoy the Autumn colors and foliage. We are looking for a leisurely road trip as we have a couple seniors with us who won’t be able to do too much walking/hiking. If you have any tips to offer I would be grateful. Thanks in advance.

Embarking on an epic road trip through New Zealand is an adventure like no other! From the rugged mountains to the pristine coastlines, there’s something awe-inspiring at every turn.

Lage raho bhai good job

What a fantastic schedule for a road vacation around New Zealand! I adore how you included well-known locations like Milford Sound together with lesser-known finds like Punakaiki Pancake Rocks. Also, your recommendations for places to stay and eat are also beneficial. So eager to go on the road and discover these breathtaking vistas for myself.

hope you have a great road trip in New Zealand

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Yes, add me to your mailing list.

The Perfect 6 Week New Zealand Road Trip Itinerary (2023)

By: Author Lotte

Posted on Last updated: February 10, 2023

Categories New Zealand

As somebody who absolutely loves road trips and has made many throughout the years, I can truly say New Zealand is one of the best countries in the world to make a road trip!

Planning your 6 week New Zealand road trip itinerary can be quite daunting. New Zealand is an incredible country with numerous things to see and do.

Choosing a realistic New Zealand self-drive itinerary can be a challenge, but don't despair, this post will help you to make the absolute most of your road trip in New Zealand.

6 week New Zealand road trip itinerary

Disclosure: Some links in this post are affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission (at no extra cost to you!). We're very grateful when you use our links to make a purchase:-).

New Zealand 6 week itinerary and travel guide

To help you plan your NZ itinerary, I wrote this detailed post about the 6-week New Zealand trip I made around the North and South Island of New Zealand.

For each day I list our New Zealand backpacking itinerary, campsites, and New Zealand highlights , you can find them on the map below as well.

Even if you have less time available to explore Kiwi Country, I hope this self-drive New Zealand itinerary will inspire you, and help you plan your trip to New Zealand.

You can customize this New Zealand travel itinerary, make it shorter, or travel just the North or South Island.

Don't try to squeeze in too much, the last thing you want is to feel rushed! Because one of the best things about New Zealand is being able to stay a little bit longer at that perfect secluded spot you found…

Anyway, I digress, let's dive into the nitty-gritty details of my 6 weeks in New Zealand campervan itinerary!

Plan your New Zealand trip like a pro with these tools: ? Rent a campervan for your NZ road trip (or a car via Rentalcars.com ). ? Arrange your NZ working holiday with Global Work & Travel . ? Stay connected with a New Zealand SIM card . ? Plan your journey with the New Zealand Lonely Planet . ?️ Find the best hotel deals on Booking.com or Agoda . ? Join the best tours in New Zealand via Get Your Guide or Viator . ?️ Travel safely and get reliable travel insurance from Safety Wing .

How to plan the perfect New Zealand 6 week itinerary

New zealand travel budget.

Aotearoa  (the Maori name for New Zealand, meaning land of the long white cloud) can be an expensive destination but it is definitely possible to travel to New Zealand on a budget.

Check out a detailed breakdown of our  New Zealand travel budget and read how to save money on your NZ road trip.

The best way to travel around New Zealand

I traveled together with my husband; we started our trip in Christchurch and ended it in Auckland. We rented a campervan , which enables us to explore New Zealand and all its glorious landscapes at our own pace.

Be sure to check out my New Zealand campervan travel tips to make the most of your NZ campervan holiday.

Click here to book a campervan for your New Zealand road trip

The best time to travel New Zealand

New Zealand is beautiful any time of the year, however, when you want to go camping it's best to travel between October and April.

We traveled around New Zealand in January and February, which is the New Zealand summer. While temperatures are the highest during this period, so are the crowds and thus prices.

Even though we never had any issues finding a camp spot and it was in no way busy anywhere, I would probably travel either in late Spring (October/November) or early Fall (March/April) if I were to visit New Zealand again.

Keep in mind the climate of the North Island differs from the South Island. Plus it can be cold at night, even in summer.

We woke up one morning to discover fresh snow on The Remarkables so make sure you are well prepared and pack properly (bring layers!).

Where to camp in New Zealand

Camping in New Zealand is great and there are lots of options (free and paid) available. The most important thing to do before you park your campervan for the night: check if it’s allowed!

Because lots of tourists travel to New Zealand and, unfortunately, not everybody behaves as they should the government has put strict camping regulations in place. If you don't obey these regulations you risk a 200 NZD fine.

Check all the New Zealand campsites we stayed at in this post.

New Zealand itinerary: our 6 week road trip

Click here for the interactive map

Road trip New Zealand itinerary

Week 1: canterbury and east-otago, week 2: the catlins, fjordlands and west-otago, week 3: the west coast, canterbury, and marlborough, week 4: tasman and wellington, week 5: hawke's bay, taupo, and rotorua, week 6: the coromandel peninsula, auckland, and the northland, day 1: explore christchurch.

Itinerary: Christchurch International Airport – Christchurch city center – Jailhouse Accommodation

How to get to Christchurch city center from the airport?

There are regular buses (every 30 minutes, 7 days a week) from Christchurch Airport to downtown. More information, timetables, and fares can be found here .

Alternatively, save yourself money and hassle with Christchurch's best-value airport transfer service to and from the city's CBD (in a luxury minibus with no more than 11 passengers). Click here to book .

Christchurch Botanic Gardens

Christchurch Botanic Gardens is a beautiful park with huge trees and a nice rose garden.

Christchurch city center

Take your time exploring the city center. This part of Christchurch suffered a lot of damage during the earthquake of 2011.

However, it has been rebuilt in a very creative way and is a lovely place to spend an afternoon.

Hot tip?: experience Christchurch by land and water with this combo ticket deal to the hop-on hop-off vintage tram, a punt along the River Avon in a flat-bottom boat, and a ride on the Christchurch Gondola cable car. Check availability here .

Where to stay in Christchurch (on a budget)

Jailhouse Accommodation : how often do you get to spend a night in a former prison? Don't worry, you have your own key to get out whenever you want…

We really enjoyed our stay at this unique Christchurch accommodation (we booked a private cell, aka a double room with a shared bathroom ).

The hostel is ready tidy and clean, both the rooms as well as the common areas such as the kitchen and bathrooms.

Also, the staff is very friendly and let us use the common room and store our luggage before the check-in time (we arrived very early in the morning due to our flight schedule).

Check the latest prices on Agoda or Booking .

Day 2: the Banks Peninsula

Itinerary : Jailhouse Accommodation – Rental Car Village – Akaroa – Arundel Bridge Reserve

Scenic drive over Summit Road

This is a beautiful winding road offering great views of the bay.

Akaroa is a cute historic village that was founded by French settlers in 1840. You'll find beautiful colonial houses, colorful gardens, and splendid views.

? Didn't pick up your car yet? Discover Akaroa and Banks Peninsula on a wonderful day trip from Christchurch . Explore breathtaking scenery from the coastline to farmlands and meet the wild penguins at Flea Bay.

Day 3: Peel Forest and Lake Tekapo

Itinerary: Arundel Bridge Reserve – Peel Forest – Lake Tekapo – Camping Lake McGregor

Hiking in Peel Forest

There are lots of tracks to choose from in this lovely Scenic Reserve. Here are the hikes we did:

• Big Tree Walk: this trail leads to a huge Totara tree (8,4 meters wide).
• Acland Falls track: leading to a 14-meter tall waterfall.
• Kahikatea walk: an easy boardwalk trail leading through the swamp forest.

Lake Tekapo

The drive to the lake (coming from Geraldine) is already stunning because of the snowy Southern Alps in the background.

But turquoise Lake Tekapo itself is just out of this world…

The beautiful color is something that you cannot catch in a photo and the surroundings are breathtaking. I loved this place, it was one of my favorite places of our entire trip.

Church of the Good Shepherd

This is probably the most beautifully situated church in the world. If you don’t believe in God, the view from this picturesque church might just persuade you.

⏳ If you're short on time, consider joining this small-group Lake Tekapo day tour from Christchurch . Visit the Church of Good Shepherd, and enjoy a scenic walk to see the Tasman Glacier.

Stargazing at Lake McGregor

The area around Lake Tekapo is part of a UNESCO Dark Sky Reserve. Because there is virtually no light pollution you'll be able to gaze upon the stars like never before.

Have you always dreamed about doing a working holiday in New Zealand ? Check out Global Work & Travel and get a €100 discount with the coupon code PHENOMENALGLOBE .

Day 4: Lake Pukaki and Mount Cook

Itinerary : Camping Lake McGregor – Mount John Observatory – Lake Pukaki Lookout – Mount Cook – Twizel – Campsite next to SH8, south of Twizel

Hike the Mt John Track (via lakeshore)

This three-hour walk offers fantastic views over Lake Tekapo. There is a nice cafe at the top of Mt. John if you want to grab a cup of coffee or a quick bite.

Lake Pukaki and scenic road to Mount Cook

Admire the views over Lake Pukaki with Mount Cook, the tallest mountain in New Zealand, in the background.

Continue your journey by driving the famous road to Mount Cook, a stunning 55 km drive starting at Twizel.

Hike the Tasman Glacier track

If you've also done the Mt. John Track in the morning, this steep track can be a bit challenging. That being said, it will be worth the effort.

Along the way you'll see pictures showing the size of the glacier throughout the years, it’s depressing to see how fast the glacier is shrinking…

Day 5: Elephant Rocks and Oamaru

Itinerary : Campsite next to SH8 south of Twizel – Elephant Rocks – Oamaru – All Day Bay recreation reserve

Elephant Rocks

The Elephant Rocks are huge limestone rock formations that can be found in a large patch of (private) farmland. These unique rocks were also used as a filming location for the first Chronicles of Narnia movie.

Access to the Elephant Rocks is free, but be mindful of the fact that you're on private land.

Situated between Timaru and Dunedin, is Oamaru, the largest town in North Otago. Also known as Steampunk HQ, Oamaru is a nice village to spend a couple of hours.

Admire the steampunk art, the historic buildings (many of them dating back to 1860-1880) and the colony of little blue penguins.

Day 6: Moeraki Boulders and Dunedin

Itinerary : All Day Bay recreation reserve – Moeraki Boulders Beach – Dunedin – Mosgiel Motor Camp

Moeraki Boulders

Be sure to stop by the Moeraki Boulders when driving from Oamaru to Dunedin. Despite the less-than-ideal weather, we felt it was a worthwhile stop.

Some of these boulders are up to 3 meters in diameter! If your itinerary allows, plan to visit the Moeraki Boulders during low tide ( check the tides here ).

Dunedin is the student city of New Zealand and is also known as ‘ The Edinburgh of the South ’. I visited Edinburgh and personally feel that might be pushing it, but it is a nice city nonetheless!

I highly recommend visiting the Toitu Otago Settlers museum  to learn more about the history of this part of New Zealand.

If you like beer, join this tour (with tasting) around the oldest operational Brewery in New Zealand .

Day 7: the Southern Scenic Route, Sandfly Bay, and Nugget Point

Itinerary : Mosgiel Motor Camp – Sandfly Bay – Nugget Point – DOC Purakaunui Bay

Southern Scenic Route part 1

The Southern Scenic Route between Dunedin and Queenstown is one of the most beautiful drives in the world.

Approximately 610 kilometers of natural and cultural attractions are laid out one after the other. From (short) hiking trails, plenty of wildlife viewing opportunities, gorgeous waterfalls, beautiful caves, and more, this is a part of New Zealand you shouldn't miss.

Get a ‘Southern Scenic Route Guide’’ and ‘Guide to the Catlins’ at an i-Site in the region, these leaflets contain information about all the highlights along the route (there are a lot!).

Alternatively, check the official So uth ern Scenic Route website for more details.

Hike to Sandfly Bay

There's a nice walk that starts at the end of Seal Point Road and goes down to the beach where lots of seals are chilling out.

Fun fact: Sandfly Bay isn't named after those pesky insects who can make your NZ road trip a living hell, but after the fine sand blown into the air by the fierce winds (which forms the impressive dunes found here).

Nugget Point

Nugget Point is a land tongue with a cute lighthouse perched at the top. Here you've got a stunning view over the rough ‘nuggets’ rising from the sea. You'll feel as if you're at the end of the world…

Keep your eyes peeled for wildlife

When visiting Sandfly Bay and Nugget Point and while driving along the Southern Scenic Route, we saw seals, baby fur seals, a sea lion, two yellow-eyed penguins, and a dolphin!

Day 8: attractions along the Southern Scenic Route

Itinerary : DOC Purakaunui Bay – Jack's blowhole – Surat Bay – Purakaunui Falls – Cathedral Cave – DOC Papatowai

Southern Scenic Route part 2

Hike to jack's blowhole.

You'll spend another day driving the Southern Scenic route that's winding its way through the dense forest while offering stunning ocean views every other corner.

Take your time, stop often, and enjoy New Zealand at its best!

Jack's Blowhole is a 55-meter-deep hole situated 200 meters inland from the sea. Seawater flows to the hole through an underground tunnel and pounds against the sides with deep thundering sounds.

The 3-km trail to the blowhole is nice and easy, with gorgeous views along the way.

This is one of the many short hikes in New Zealand and a very enjoyable one.

Sea lions can often be seen relaxing on this beach but we ‘only' say a seal. If you do spot a sea lion, keep your distance and admire these magnificent creatures.

Purakaunui Falls

This is one of the most photographed waterfalls in New Zealand and rightly so, it's a beauty! The trail leading to the falls is short and easy

Cathedral Cave

These impressive caves are located on Maori land and can only be visited during low tide. The admission fee is $10 per adult and $2 per child.

You can mind more information as well as a tide table on this website .

Day 9: more highlights along the Southern Scenic Route

Itinerary : DOC Papatowai – McLean Falls – Curio Bay – Slope Point – Invercargill – Colac Bay

Hike to McLean Falls

An easy 2.1 km trail (out and back) leads to 22-meter-tall McLean Falls, which ended up being one of my favorite waterfalls in New Zealand.

In Curio Bay, you can find a Petrified Forest consisting of ancient fossilized trees. Plus, Hector dolphins often frequent this bay, so if you're very lucky you may spot a pod!

Slope Point

Slope Point is the Southernmost post of New Zealand (not counting Steward Island) and makes for a nice photo opportunity.

Mind you, it's generally very windy so hold on to your belongings.

Day 10: Venture into the Fjordlands…

Itinerary : Colac Bay – Te Anau – Mirror Lakes – Milford Sound – DOC the Divide

Scenic drive on Milford Sound Road

The road from Te Anau to the Milford Sound is absolutely breathtaking…

There are many stops along the way such as:

• The Mirror Lakes
• The Key Summit trail
• Lake Marion track,
• Early Settlers Museum at Gunns Camp
• The Hollyford Valley Lookout
• Much more, so be sure to take your time!

Day 11: the Milford Sound

Itinerary : DOC The Divide – Milford Sound – The Chasm – Campsite near Lumsden

Cruise in the Milford Sound

The Milford Sound is one of the absolute highlights of New Zealand and should be included in any NZ trip.

Milford Sound is about 15 kilometers long and one of the best ways to explore the Sound is by taking a cruise .

Learn about the fjord’s history, geology, and wildlife from your skipper, savor a delicious picnic lunch and immerse yourself in a mysterious undersea world at the Milford Sound Underwater Observatory. Check availability here.

If you don't have your own wheels, don't despair!

You can opt for this great Milford Sound tour from Te Anau , including transportation in a comfortable minibus, a knowledgeable guide, and of course the sightseeing cruise in the Milford Sound.

Note: on average, it rains 182 days per year in the Milford Sound so there's a good chance you'll experience a downpour during your time there (we sure did). On the upside, more rain means more spectacular waterfalls so embrace the weather no matter what.

For a more off-the-beaten-path experience, consider booking a wilderness cruise in the Doubtful Sound .

Day 12: Queenstown and Moke Lake

Itinerary : Campsite near Lumsden – Queenstown – DOC Moke Lake

Drive over the Devil's Staircase

This is a very scenic, albeit challenging road with lots of twists and turns (hence the name). Drive carefully and enjoy the marvelous views.

Queenstown city center

Queenstown is probably one of the most enviable cities in the world (tied with Victoria, BC ).

Situated on the shores of Lake Wakatipu ( check this popular cruise with the TSS Earnslaw ) with the Remarkables in the backdrop, Queenstown truly has it all.

The city center has all the facilities you need but is small enough not to feel like a big city.

There are lots of great things to do in Queenstown and many worthwhile day trips from Queenstown if you have more time to spend here.

Read this Queenstown itinerary for more (adventurous) activities.

Hike around Moke Lake

Moke Lake is one of the best hikes on the South Island and one of my favorite trails in New Zealand.

The surroundings are stunning as usual (New Zealand is pretty much gorgeous all around) and we did not come across anyone else during this hike.

Day 13: Arrowtown

Itinerary: DOC Moke Lake – Arrowtown – Luggate Cricket Club

Chinese settlement in Arrowtown

Arrowtown is a historic gold mining town where the Chinese workers (who came to New Zealand to work in the mines) created a little settlement with tiny houses made of wood.

It's an interesting place to visit in New Zealand, especially if you want to learn more about the lives of Chinese immigrants.

Instead of driving here yourself, you can also book a self-guided bike tour . Board a shuttle in Queenstown and enjoy a scenic 25-minute drive to Arrowtown.

Here you hop on your (electric) bike and make your way back to Queenstown in approximately 4-hours. Check availability here.

Crown Range Road scenic drive

From Arrowtown, take the very scenic Crown Range Road to Wanaka. This turning and twisting road leads to a 1076-meter high pass and crosses the Cardona river 11 times!

A fun fact I read in the New Zealand Lonely Planet : the Crown Range Road is the highest sealed road in New Zealand!

Day 14: Wanaka

Itinerary : Luggate Cricket Club – Wanaka – DOC Lake Paringa

Explore Wanaka

Wanaka is a laidback town situated on the shores of Lake Wanaka. While it's not nearly as busy as Queenstown, there are plenty of things to do in Wanaka and I highly recommend spending some time here.

• Beer tasting and tour Wanaka Beerworks: Wanaka Beerworks is a small local brewery that makes craft beers. You can tour the brewery and sample some of the beers.
• Lake Wanaka bike tour : take a shuttle to Lake Hawea and enjoy an amazing (self-guided) 30km scenic bike ride back to Lake Wanaka. Check availability here.
• Lake Wanaka to the West Coast via the Haast Pass: an amazing and scenic drive through the astonishing landscapes of New Zealand.

Day 15: the Fox Glacier and Lake Matheson

Itinerary : DOC Lake Paringa – Fox Glacier – Lake Matheson – DOC Otto/Mc Donald

Hike to the Fox Glacier

Fox Glacier Te Moeka o Tūawe Valley Walk is a very worthwhile 2.6km (return) trail. It took us about 20 minutes to reach the spectacular glacier.

? For a more in-depth experience, you can join this scenic Fox Glacier walking tour with local guides to learn more about the glacier, geothermal activity, and the local flora and fauna. Check availability here .

Hike around Lake Matheson

Lake Matheson is one of the most beautiful lakes in New Zealand . On a clear day, you can see a perfect reflection of the mighty Mount Cook in the lake.

That being said, Lake Matheson is worth a visit regardless of the weather!

Day 16: the Franz Josef Glacier and Hokitika

Itinerary : DOC Otto/Mc Donald – Franz Josef Glacier – Hokitika – DOC Lake Mahinãpua

Hike to Franz Josef Glacier

The 4km trail leads to the base of the Franz Josef Glacier and is the closest you can get without an organized (helicopter) tour .

While you can't get as close to the Franz Josef Glacier as to the Fox Glacier, the views are still pretty amazing.

Sunset point

Sunset Point on Hokitika Beach is only a 5-minute walk from Hokitika town and a great place to catch the sunset (but I guess the name makes that pretty obvious;-).

Glowworm dell

The Glowworm Dell near Hokitika is one of the places in New Zealand where you can see glowworms. But unlike the famous Waitomo Caves , you can visit the Hokitika Glowworm Dell for free!

These tiny bioluminescent insects light up a dark and mossy dell, which is truly a magical experience. It's like watching thousands of little stars coming alive one by one…

You can find more information here .

Day 17: the Great Coast Road

Itinerary: DOC Lake Mahinãpua – Hokitika Gorge – Pancake Rocks – Jack's Gasthof

Hokitika Gorge

Just when you feel as if there can't be another spectacular sight in stunning New Zealand, you'll arrive at Hokitika Gorge.

And she's a beauty… The glacier flour gives the water a vivid blue color that contrasts starkly with the bright white rocks. Very very pretty.

Great Coast Road scenic drive

The Great Coast Road between Greymouth and Westport is one of the most, if not the most, spectacular drives in New Zealand.

In fact, the Great Coast Road has been named one of the ‘ Top 10 Coastal Drives in the World ‘ according to Lonely Planet .

Take your time along this coastal drive, as every bay is more beautiful than the last one.

Punakaiki Pancake Rocks

While there is no such thing as the ‘best places to visit in New Zealand' (there are simply too many), the Pancake Rocks are definitely a must-visit spot.

These layered rocks resemble stacks of pancakes (hence the name;-) and were sculpted by relentless winds and the pounding ocean over thousands of years.

There's a short 1km loop trail leading along the Pancake Rocks, blowholes, and surge pools. While you don't need a lot of time to explore this place, you may end up staying (a lot) longer than planned…

Day 18: from the West Coast back to Canterbury

Itinerary: Jack's Gasthof – Westport – Carters beach – Alpine Holiday Park Hanmar Springs

Westport is a friendly little town worth a stroll. Pay a visit to the Coaltown Museum, do some souvenir shopping or grab a coffee.

Close to Westport is the Buller Gorge Swingbridge , which is the longest swingbridge in New Zealand (110 meters).

Carters beach

While it's often a bit cold for a swim, Carters Beach is a nice place to spend a couple of hours.

Day 19: Hanmer Springs thermal pools and spa

Itinerary : Alpine Holiday Park Hanmer Springs – Hanmer Springs thermal pools and spa – DOC Puhi Puhi Valley Kaikoura

Hanmer Springs thermal pools and spa

In this Thermal Spa, there are various pools with different minerals and temperatures. It's the perfect way to spend a (very relaxed) day. Read more information here .

Day 20: explore Kaikoura

Itinerary: DOC Puhi Puhi Valley Kaikoura – Kaikoura – Donovan House B&B

Whale watching tour

Kaikoura is one of the best places in New Zealand for whale watching. Check out this excellent whale-watching cruise to experience an up-close encounter with the world’s largest-toothed predator, the giant sperm whale.

Be sure to bring your camera and binoculars, and keep an eye out for other wildlife, including seals, dolphins, and birds. Check availability here .

Kaikoura Peninsula Walkway

The Kaikoura Peninsula Walkway is a nice three-hour hike with beautiful views over the bay.

That being said, the first hour is not that interesting. I suggest starting at the parking lot at Point Kean viewpoint instead of in the town itself.

Day 21: the Queen Charlotte Drive

Itinerary: Donovan House B&B – Picton – Maitai Valley Motor Camp

Visit Picton and the Picton Village Bakery

Explore Picton and be sure to pick up some delicious baked goodies at the famous and cute Picton Village Bakery…

Scenic Queen Charlotte Drive

The Queen Charlotte Drive is yet another gorgeous scenic drive. This beautiful 35-km-long road between Picton and Havelock is full of twists and turns and offers splendid bay views around pretty much every corner.

Day 22: explore Nelson

Itinerary: Maitai Valley Motor Camp – Nelson – Kina Beach camp

Explore Nelson city center

Nelson is known for its arts scene and the many crafts stores and art galleries spread around the town. It's a relaxed city with a lively atmosphere.

Definitely take a stroll along South Street, New Zealand’s oldest (fully) preserved street with cobblestone paths, Victorian cottages, and white picket fences.

Visit the Nelson Farmers' Market

If you're in town on a Wednesday, be sure to visit Nelson Farmers' Market (8 am-1 pm) and sample some of the locally grown fresh fruits and seasonal products.

Day 23: visit Abel Tasman park

Itinerary: Kina Beach camp – Abel Tasman park – Uruwhena Bridge

Kayaking at the Abel Tasman park

Kayaking at Abel Tasman park was another New Zealand highlight for me! It was a lot of fun and the scenery of this National Park is stunning.

Note: the wind can be quite strong in the open sea and getting to an island a few hundred meters from the main beach can be challenging on windy days!

If you don't want to go kayaking, but do want to explore Abel Tasman National Park, consider booking this scenic cruise along the splendid coastline and secluded beaches and bays. Check availability .

Day 24: Farewell Spit and the Te Waikoropupū Springs

Itinerary: Uruwhena Bridge – Collingwood – Farewell Spit – Uruwhena Bridge

Hike around Farewell Spit

There are many trails at Farewell Spit, most of them leading over the beach and through the beautiful dunes. You can find trail information here .

Farewell Spit is a great place for birdwatching so be sure to bring binoculars and a camera .

Pupu Springs (or Te Waikoropupū Springs)

The Pupu Springs were an unexpected highlight and one of the most mesmerizing places I've ever seen.

14.000 liters of water per second bubbles from underground vents, which creates a unique underwater environment and crystal clear water.

Day 25: explore Picton

Itinerary: Uruwhena Bridge – Motueka – Waitohi domain Picton

Picton city center and around

Picton is a lovely little town that most travelers to New Zealand visit at least once during their trip.

The ferry between the North and South Island departs here, and Picton is also the gateway to the beautiful Marlborough Sounds.

? Spending a day in Picton? Enjoy this 1-hour cruise to the Historic Ship Cove before embarking on a 12 or 15-kilometer self-guided hike along the renowned Queen Charlotte Track. Check availability .

This was our last day on the South Island of New Zealand, we spent days 26-43 on the North Island. Check out this 2 week South Island itinerary if you've got a bit less time available.

Day 26: sail the Cook Strait

Itinerary: Waitohi domain Picton – Cook Strait – Camp Elson Poriru

Cook Strait

Crossing the Cook Strait is as much a necessity if you want to get to the Northern Island, as an activity in itself. The ferry sails through the Marlborough Sounds, which are very beautiful.

Unfortunately, the weather was not great during our boat trip and we stayed inside most of the journey.

Day 27 and 28: explore Wellington

Itinerary: Owhiro Bay, Te Kopahou reserve – Wellington – Owhiro Bay, Te Kopahou reserve

Wellington Cable Car and Botanic Gardens

Wellington's famous red cable car will take you up to the top of a 120-meter-high hill with spectacular views over the bay. I recommend walking back down to the city center via the lovely Botanic Gardens.

Click here to buy tickets for the cable car .

Old Saint Paul’s

This little church is completely made out of different types of typical New Zealand woods and was built in just 9 months!

Te Papa museum

Te Papa means ‘ container of treasures ’ which is the perfect name for this amazing museum. I spent a day and a half in this museum and still would have loved to learn more.

Read my Wellington itinerary here

Day 29: go LOTR crazy

Itinerary: Owhiro Bay, Te Kopahou reserve – Clifton Motor camp Te Awanga

If you're a LOTR fan (or a movie fan in general), I highly recommend visiting the Weta Cave .

This is where they make all the costumes and design complete virtual worlds for LOTR, the Hobbit, Avatar, King Kong, and many other blockbusters.

We really enjoyed exploring the workshop and learning more about how those magical worlds are created… Book your Weta Cave workshop tour here.

Day 30: explore Napier and Hastings

Itinerary: Clifton Motor camp Te Awanga – Napier – Hastings – Glenfalls campsite

Walk around Napier city center

Napier is known as the Art Deco capital of the world and it has a beautiful city center.

The city core was rebuilt completely in Art Deco style after the original town center was destroyed by an earthquake in the 1930s.

Learn more about Napier's tragic history and discover the best of Napier's culture and food scene on this full-day tour .

Visit the Hasting evening market

Are you visiting on a Thursday? Definitely check out Hasting's weekly evening market and sample some of the delicious snacks (such as dumplings, pork belly, and tortilla chicken wraps).

Day 31: Taupo and the Huka Falls

Itinerary: Glenfalls campsite – Taupo – Huka Falls – Urchin campsite

The Huka Falls are the most-visited natural attraction in New Zealand and rightly so, they're pretty impressive!

There is a lovely 3-km trail starting at the Spa Thermal Park that leads to the Huka Falls and you can even soak in a natural hot stream along the way.

That being said, you can also drive to the falls from Taupo if you're short on time. 

? If you're a thrill seeker, consider booking this Jet Boat experience and zoom past rock cliffs downriver to play in the white water of Huka Falls .

Day 32: hike the Tongariro Crossing

Itinerary: Urchin campsite – the Tongariro Crossing – Reid's Farm reserve

Tongariro Crossing

Hiking the Tongariro Crossing will be one of the highlights of your trip around New Zealand, the scenery is absolutely breathtaking.

Hiking the Tongariro Crossing takes a full day and because it's a one-way hike you'll need to arrange a shuttle service to get back to your car.

However, because there is very limited parking available, the easiest way to get to the Tongariro Crossing is with a return shuttle from Taupo.

Check availability here (and book ahead as shuttles sell out fast during peak season.

Mind you, this is not an easy hike, it involves a lot of steep sections and you should prepare well before setting out on this hike.

Wear sturdy hiking boots , bring a proper rain jacket, and plenty of water and food.

Day 33: take a rest

Itinerary: Reid's Farm reserve – Willowhaven Holiday Park

Relax and take it easy

You'll probably be pretty tired after hiking the Tongariro Crossing… Take a day to recover, stock up on groceries in Taupo, do some laundry but most importantly: take a rest and enjoy the views over Lake Taupo.

If you insist on doing something today, check out this scenic catamaran cruise on Lake Taupo and visit the renowned Maori rock carvings.

Day 34: visit Whakarewarewa thermal village in Rotorua

Itinerary: Willowhaven Holiday Park – Whakarewarewa – DOC Dickey Flat

Whakarewarewa thermal village

Whakarewarewa is a unique Maori village built around hot pools and geysers and is one of the highlights in Rotorua .

True, the smell of sulfur takes some getting used to, but Whakarewarewa is an incredible place to visit and you'll learn a lot during your visit.

All the tour guides are Maori women who live in Whakarewarewa. Our tour guide enthusiastically told us about village life and the use of the hot pools. These pools are used for cooking and bathing.

The mud of the pools is used for all sorts of creams because it's full of minerals, apparently, it does wonders for your skin.

An interesting story our guide told us: a couple of decades ago, the Maori Village Chief decided that half the village would be catholic and half the village would be protestant. Two churches were build and from that day on 50% of the village went to the catholic church and 50% went to the protestant church. Besides going to their respective churches, the Maori living in Whakarewarewa also worship their ancestors. Worshipping ancestors is very important in the traditional Maori society and so they combine these religions.

Click here to book tickets for Whakarewarewa Village

Day 35: Goldmine Waihi

Itinerary: DOC Dickey Flat – Tairua Holiday park

Goldmine Waihi

The Waihi Goldmine is 600 meters deep and makes for a very impressive sight. It's such a huge mine that the trucks driving up and down the mine look like children's toys! Read more about the mine here .

Day 36: drive around the Coromandel Peninsula

Itinerary: Tairua Holiday park – Cathedral Cove – Coromandel Town – Carpark Hauraki District Council, Ngatea

Cathedral Cove

Despite the fact that the Cathedral Cove Walk is only 2.5km long, it's one of the best short walks on the North Island.

The trail leads along steep cliffs and stunning views to the famous Cathedral Cove, an impressive natural bridge.

The constant pounding of the ocean against the white rocks illustrates perfectly how this bridge was formed.

?️ Do you want to see Cathedral Cove from another vantage point as well? Book this boat tour and admire giant blowholes, huge sea caves, and the spectacular Cathedral Cove. Check availability .

Drive scenic Road 309

This famous gravel road crosses from the West side of the Coromandel Peninsula to the East side. Take your time driving this 21-kilometer-long road and enjoy the beautiful surroundings.

Day 37: Explore Auckland

Itinerary: Carpark Hauraki District Council, Ngatea – Auckland – i-site car park Whangarei

Auckland city center

Auckland is the largest city in New Zealand with almost 1.5 million residents. It's a nice city to spend a day with lots of interesting sights.

Here are some of the top things to do in Auckland:

• Visit the Auckland War Memorial Museum
• Admire the views from Mount Eden
• Stroll along Queen Street 

We also did the Auckland city walk mentioned in the New Zealand Lonely Planet which was a fun and easy way to explore the city on foot.

? Got more time to spend in and around Auckland? Here are the best Auckland day trips: • Kayak to Rangitoto Island with its stunning sandy beaches and unique olive grove landscapes. Check availability here . • Set off on an adventure to see New Zealand's two most famous attractions in one day: the Hobbiton movie set and the Waitomo Glowworm Caves. Check availability here • Join a wine tour to Waiheke Island with spectacular scenery and sample world-famous wines. Check availability here .

Day 38: Cruise the Bay of Islands

Itinerary: i-site car park Whangarei – Whangarei Falls – Paihia – Forest Pools campsite

Dolphins cruise in the Bay of Islands

Cruising the Bay of Islands was one of the highlights of our New Zealand 6-week itinerary. We had a wonderful day out on the water and saw pods of dolphins, blue penguins, and a flock of gannets.

Click here to book you r Bay of Islands cruise .

Day 39: relax at the Karikari peninsula

Itinerary: Forest Pools campsite – Karikari peninsula – Utea Park

Relax on the beach on the Karikari Peninsula

Take a day to explore the Karikari Peninsula and relax on one of the beautiful beaches (such as Matai Bay, Rangiputa beach, and Tokerau Beach). Have a picnic, read a book and enjoy the good life…

Day 40: climb Mount Manaia

Itinerary: Utea park – Whangarei Heads – Waipu Hotel

Mount Manaia Track

This is a steep climb (325 meters elevation gain) via a gravel track and lots of stairs (1000+ steps) with very rewarding views from the top.

It's not a very long hike, just 4km, but because you'll be ascending quite a bit you'll need at least an hour to complete the Mount Manaia Track.

Day 41: hike the Mangawhai Clifftop Walk

Itinerary: Waipu Hotel – Mangawhai – Erin Pools

Mangawhai Cliffs Walkway

This 9-kilometer track is a brilliant hike with really diverse landscapes. From beautiful beaches to rolling hills, tropical forests to steep cliffs.

The Mangawhai Clifftop Trail is a worthy ending to your New Zealand hiking adventures. That being said, it's not a very difficult trail, a return trip takes around 2-3 hours.

Day 42: say goodbye to New Zealand…

Itinerary: Erin Pools – return campervan in Auckland – Ibis Budget hotel Auckland Airport

That's a wrap!

Oh no! It's time to return your campervan and say goodbye to New Zealand.

If you're anything like me, you've probably also got a hard time saying goodbye. And bidding farewell to the most beautiful country in the world will be even harder…

But don't despair, you can always come back to New Zealand for more travel adventures!

Where to stay: Ibis Budget hotel Auckland Airport

Because we had an early flight to the Philippines the next morning, we stayed at the Ibis Budget Hotel right next to Auckland Airport.

While it's not the most scenic location, you can walk from the hotel to the terminals which makes it a very convenient place to spend the night if you've got an early flight (or when you arrive in Auckland very late in the evening).

The hotel is nothing special, but it's comfortable and clean and I would definitely book again if I needed a place to stay near Auckland Airport.

Click here to book via Agoda or check availabilit y on Booking

10-day New Zealand South Island Itinerary

Don't feel stressed out by the prospect of planning your epic New Zealand adventure. Get the ultimate 10-day South Island itinerary for the trip of a lifetime!

What's included:

• A day-by-day outline of your 10-day trip around the South Island of New Zealand (including Lake Tekapo, Mount Cook, Queenstown, Milford Sound, and the West Coast). • Accommodation recommendations • Tips for great restaurants • A Google Map with all the highlights • Driving distances • And more…

NZ road trip itinerary: in conclusion

I hope you've enjoyed this 6 weeks in New Zealand itinerary. If you've got any questions, please leave a comment or contact me ! 

Do you want to read more about traveling New Zealand ? Also read these posts:

• Essential New Zealand driving tips
• Things to do on the South Island

This post was updated in January 2023.

Friday 6th of March 2020

Dear Lotte, I just found your blog and I loved it! Thank you so much for your detailed description of your tour - it sounds fascinating! My fiance and I are planning our trip and we will take your itinerary as a rough Plan for our Tour. Thank you so much for sharing! I am very excited to look into your other journeys :)

Best from Austria, Isabel

Monday 9th of March 2020

Thank you for your kind comment and I'm very happy to hear you like my blog:-) I hope you will love New Zealand as much as we did and I wish you and your fiance a beautiful trip! Let me know if you have any questions, I'm happy to answer them if I can.

Best regards, Lotte

Saturday 18th of January 2020

Were you allowed to pick up your van on the South Island and drop it off on the north island? Was there extra costs associated with this? If you had to choose, would you spend a longer time on the south Island and skip the north?

Sunday 19th of January 2020

Yes we picked up the van on the South Island and dropped it off on the North Island. There was no one-way fee, however, I believe that was a promotion deal and there usually is one. I wouldn't skip the entire North Island as the Tongariro Crossing, the Coromandel Peninsula and the area above Auckland were also some of the highlights of our trip. However, if you have limited time, it's definitely worth considering visiting just the South Island. But if you have 6 weeks, I would spend 4 weeks in the South and 2 weeks in the North. Enjoy your trip!

Thursday 7th of November 2019

And that's a wrap! You just spent 6 weeks virtually driving around this beautiful country with me!

Saturday 9th of November 2019

Happy to hear you enjoyed the ride;-)

Sunday 16th of September 2018

Wow Lotte! What a fabulous story. We will definitely read your blog again and follow your tips when we go October/November for six weeks. We are in our very early 70’s so would like a larger motor home which we are looking in to. We also don’t like to book ahead as we like to be free to go or stay. I wish I had your energy again to walk the places you have walked☺️ But I’m sure we will still enjoy our six weeks in beautiful New Zealand. Thanks for all your info, you have done an AMAZING job?

Wednesday 19th of September 2018

Dear Cobie,

Thank you for your kind words! I'm very happy to hear my itinerary will be an inspiration for your upcoming NZ trip:-) I wish you a wonderful time and I'm sure you'll be able to explore plenty of NZ beauty, albeit with a slightly slower pace;-). Again, thank you for reading and happy travels!

Friday 27th of July 2018

Dear Lotte,

When I was planning my trip to new Zealand I found your blog about your trip. The blog is very helpful and I made my itinerary very similar to yours.

Then I contacted the Rental Car Village. I made a reservation for a Campervan and made the full payment in April. One week ago I wanted to make a minor change to the reservation. Since then I have sent them several emails and call them almost every day (I got email address and phone number from their website ), yet have never got any response from them. This makes me very worried. As the last resort, I seek your help to see if you know there is any other way to get in contact with them. Thanks a lot.

Wednesday 1st of August 2018

Thank you for reading my blog and I'm happy to hear my New Zealand itinerary helped you plan your trip. I'm very sorry to hear about your difficulties getting in touch with Rental Car Village. Unfortunately I don't have any contact information other than the details listed on their website. I do know the family often goes traveling in NZ low season (May-September) so perhaps that is why it takes them a little longer to reply to your query. I hope you have gotten a reply by now! Let me know... I wish you a wonderful road trip!

New Zealand itineraries

Hello from Kaikoura, Christchurch - Canterbury

By Miles Holden

Whether you're visiting New Zealand for a few days or a few months, you'll find ideas here to help you plan your trip.

Where to go in New Zealand

Take a look at these itineraries for the North Island, South Island, and all of New Zealand. Choose trips to suit your interests and how much time you have.or.

North Island trips

Your North Island itinerary can take in volcanoes, bubbling mud pools and shooting geysers, lazing on idyllic islands and exploring exciting metropolises.

South Island trips

Home to 10 of New Zealand's 14 national parks, the South Island is known for its jaw-dropping alpine scenery, icy glaciers and fun wildlife experiences.

How long does it take to travel New Zealand?

New Zealand is a relatively compact country, so you can see most of the country's highlights in two weeks. To explore more of the regions and get off the beaten track, you could easily spend three weeks or more exploring. 

Whether you are going for just a weekend, or for a whole month, you can find an itinerary to suit you. 

Plan a New Zealand road trip

New Zealand has some of the greatest scenic drives in the world. Picture yourself cruising down the West Coast of the South Island, stopping to look at the Pancake Rocks and Franz Josef Glacier. Or, driving from Christchurch to Queenstown via scenic wonders such as Lake Tekapo and Lake Pukaki. Or making your way to the tip of the North Island on the Twin Coast Discovery highway. 

Find out what you need to know if you plan on driving around New Zealand. 

• Share on Facebook
• Share by email

Find an itinerary by clicking on the area you want to visit

The best time to go to New Zealand

Oct 3, 2023 • 5 min read

Plan the best time of year for your visit to New Zealand with this seasonal guide © Michael Hall / Getty Images

Journeying to New Zealand and exploring Aotearoa is a good choice any time of the year – but your experience will vary depending on what season you choose to visit.

During summer, you can enjoy a southern hemisphere adventure by hiking New Zealand 's Great Walks and partying at the year's best music festivals, while the more affordable months of autumn lend themselves to RV vacations. Winter is the time to combine snow sports with urban experiences, while spring marks the arrival of flavor-packed festivals showcasing local beer, wine and seafood.

Here's our guide to the best time to visit New Zealand. 

December to February is the best time for outdoor activities and festivals

Summer in New Zealand means busy beaches , (usually) good weather for hiking (known locally as "tramping") and leisurely cricket matches. On the festival front, highlights include Gisborne ’s Rhythm & Vines and Wanaka ’s Rhythm & Alps , two DJ and dance music multi-day events. In February, Napier is enlivened with a celebration of all things art deco, while Splore attracts Aucklanders for three days of Burning Man-inspired art, music and dance. Eating and drinking exceptionally well is the focus at the Marlborough Wine & Food Festival . Booking ahead for the most popular festivals is vital – both to score event tickets and secure accommodation.

Summer school holidays from mid-December to early February increase accommodation prices for hotels, motels and holiday parks. Try and book ahead, especially across the Christmas and New Year periods, when popular North Island beach resort towns like Tauranga ’s Mt Maunganui and Whitianga are packed with Kiwi families and revelers. Waitangi Day, New Zealand’s national day, is celebrated on February 6.

If you’ve seen New Zealand’s wild lupin flowers flooding your social feeds, December to February is the best time to view these colorful blooms around Central Otago and the Mackenzie Country. Note that some areas of the South Island (especially around Lake Tekapo, where they once flourished on the shore) are attempting to eradicate the spread of the invasive species.

March to May means more festivals and good-value road-tripping

Transitioning from late summer to a southern hemisphere autumn (fall), March to May in New Zealand offers cool but pleasant weather, and a warmish ocean that’s still okay for swimming and watersports – especially at North Island beaches around March and April. 

With often settled and drier weather in most regions, it’s a great time to explore Aotearoa. Due to fewer Kiwis traveling (the exception being around Easter, when kids are out of school for two weeks) visitors can expect better value accommodation and shorter lines at key attractions . There’s also less traffic for road trips from Auckland to the Bay of Islands and the Coromandel Peninsula , or for motor home journeys on the most popular routes in the South Island.

Popular March festivals include WOMAD NZ ( New Plymouth ’s annual celebration of global beats and world music) and the quirky Wildfoods Festival . The latter, held in the South Island town of Hokitika, is where you can sample local beer, venison and eel, alongside more challenging dishes such as lamb’s testicles and fried locusts. At Auckland’s Pasifika festival, also in March, vibrant music and dance from Auckland’s Pacific Island communities are paired with food from Samoa, Tonga, Niue and the Cook Islands.

June to August is the best time for city breaks and snow sports

Popular summer destinations such as Golden Bay , the Coromandel Peninsula  and the Bay of Islands will be very quiet during the cooler months of June to August. In these areas, many tourist-oriented businesses close down for the winter. It’s also not the best time to embark on many of the country’s Great Walks, with challenging and often dangerous conditions on alpine and sub-alpine tracks in the South Island and Tongariro National Park. It is, however, usually a good time to experience the Abel Tasman Coast Track . Wrap up warmly for cool mornings, but look forward to blue-sky conditions later in the day.

The snow sports season also kicks off at this time of year, especially around Queenstown and Wanaka in the South Island. Booking ahead for accommodation is recommended, particularly during another set of school holidays in July. Note that skiing in New Zealand is increasingly popular for Australian families, so it’s also worth checking when Australian school holidays fall.

In New Zealand’s cities, shorter days and longer nights mean there is a focus on indoor events. Wellington comes alive in August with the craft beer and culinary combination of Beervana and Wellington on a Plate (WOAP) , while the historic South Island town of Oamaru is enlivened by the quirky Steampunk festival in June. Highlights of winter in Auckland include Elemental , the city’s annual July and August festival focused on arts and culinary events. Restaurant Month in Auckland is a great opportunity for discounted dining at some of the city’s best eateries.

First inaugurated as a national public holiday in 2022, Matariki is a celebration of the Māori New Year. The actual date varies depending on the lunar calendar, but incorporates a Friday holiday weekend around late June or early July. Matariki events and cultural celebrations are becoming increasingly popular throughout New Zealand.

Winter is also one of the best times to experience New Zealand’s Dark Sky Sanctuaries, thanks to clearer skies and longer nights. Popular destinations for stargazing include Aotea/Great Barrier Island off the coast of Auckland, and the South Island’s Mackenzie Country.

September to November is the best time for hiking and foodie festivals

A spring rain shower is never far away from September to November, so definitely pack a lightweight waterproof jacket. New Zealand’s shoulder season usually offers better accommodation prices, although another two-week burst of school holidays in September can impact demand and pricing for hotels and motels. 

The snowsports season largely concludes around early October, meaning October and November can be a good time to visit Queenstown or Wanaka, especially for mountain biking amid still cooler weather. New Zealand’s Great Walks hiking season also kicks off in late October and runs through until April. Bookings to secure trail access and hut accommodation can be made on the Department of Conservation (DOC)’s website , usually from May. It’s essential to book ahead for popular experiences including the Milford, Routeburn and Kepler Tracks.

Spring festivals include Crayfest Kaikōura , pairing everyone’s favorite crustacean (crayfish) with local wine and craft beer. It’s also a good time to incorporate some whale watching at Kaikōura . Toast Martinborough attracts Wellingtonians across the Remutaka Range for a one-day November pinot noir-fuelled celebration of food, wine and music.

This article was first published April 2021 and updated October 2023

Explore related stories

Destination Practicalities

Mar 30, 2024 • 4 min read

Who wouldn't jump at the chance to visit the Emerald Isle? Here’s how to check if you need a visa before setting off on your Irish adventure. 

Mar 15, 2024 • 17 min read

Feb 27, 2024 • 6 min read

Jan 24, 2024 • 8 min read

Jan 17, 2024 • 8 min read

Jan 5, 2024 • 20 min read

Nov 27, 2023 • 7 min read

Nov 22, 2023 • 5 min read

Nov 17, 2023 • 10 min read

Oct 31, 2023 • 7 min read

New Zealand campervan hire | call  0800 772 237  or  +6495262130  | email us  | FAQ

Self-service

Hit enter to search or ESC to close

Epic New Zealand Road Trips: 12 Routes to Discover the Real Kiwi Experience

New Zealand road trip inspirat…

12 of the best road trips in N…

Posted by Spaceships Crew

New Zealand, the land of giant glaciers and snow-capped mountains, endless grassy plains and subtropical forest, miles of rugged coastline and dreamy beaches, peaceful lakes with the most striking reflections and relaxing hot springs for every traveller to wind down in. This is Mother Nature’s greatest piece of work, with a contrasting landscape that ticks all the boxes on your bucket list.

To make your life easier and to help you to decide where to go and what to do, we have created a guide to the best road trips routes on the North Island and South Island of New Zealand. A road trip guide created by the friendly Spaceships Crew and our travelling community. Feedback and tips from Space Travellers have been added as well. These New Zealand road trips are real favourites, therefore we dare to say "these are the best road trips in New Zealand". Check 'em out and see which one you would like to add to your road trip itinerary. This is the easiest way to create the ultimate New Zealand road trip to see it all in NZ.

North Island road trips

Big parts of the North Island are skipped or rushed through by the majority of travellers. For some reason, lots of travellers think that New Zealand's South Island has more to offer. Just add a few of these North Island routes to your itinerary and you'll see how much awesomeness the North Island has to offer.

1. From Auckland to Bay of Islands

The Loop of the Bay Islands is a great trip for anyone who doesn’t have much time but still wants to see the best highlights that New Zealand has to offer. Bringing you the sheer beauty of the Northern coastline, the hip city vibes of Auckland plus some delicious  wine tasting on Waiheke Island  (a short ferry ride from Auckland), this is the perfect family or couple’s road trip encompassing city, beach and even some dolphin spotting along the way!

This trip is suitable for any time of year even in their peak of winter (July and August) when the South Island is covered in snow, North Island is still lovely and balmy. And the short distance drives means that you can really explore each destination. Have a look at the amazing things to do year-round in the Bay of Islands area .

Must-do activity in Wellington: ride the cable car and enjoy the view

3. Auckland to Taupo

Follow State Highway 1 and drive south through the heart of North Island and then take Highway 1B to Cambridge, follow Highway 5 through Rotorua and then continue onto Taupo via the Thermal Explorer Highway. This delightful route gives you a little bit of everything, making it ideal for families with children or large groups with lots of people to please.

Taking you from the city vibes of Auckland to the rural views of the Bombay Hills, a quirky little town and perhaps lunch spot in Tirau, the chic coffee culture and walking trails in Cambridge, to the geysers and volcanic craters of along the Thermal Explorer. If you’re looking for an afternoon of relaxation, don’t forget to visit one of the natural geothermal spas.

Explore the South Island - Be inspired by the best road trips in New Zealand

8. The Great Coast Road (Westport to Greymouth)

If you love the coastal scenery, this West Coast drive will take you on an endless journey of stunning seaside sunsets, glorious beaches and rugged rock formations carved by the ocean. The SH6, otherwise known as the Great Coast Road, takes you from Westport to Greymouth and this is the route that will take you off the beaten path. Forget everything we said in the intro about being well connected because although the roads here are good nick, there’s no fuel for a 56-mile stretch and you probably won’t see another ATM until you reach your final destination.

This is the one to get away from it all, with the Tasman Sea on your right and the snowy Southern Alps on your left. Make sure you stop off in Punakaiki to check out the famous “Pancake Rocks” and continue down the SH6 after Greymouth if you want to hike the Franz Josef Glacier.

Have a look at this detailed itinerary of this Westport to Greymouth road trip , it'll show you how much there is to do and see. The Great Coast Road may look like a short road trip, but there's more to do & see than just Pancake Rocks.

Pancake Rocks on the West Coast, also one of the best road trips in New Zealand (photo: West Coast Tourism)

9. From Queenstown to Te Anau and onward to Milford Sound

Milford Sound Highway is one of the most famous highways in the world, and it’s certainly one of the most dramatic. The two-hour drive from Te Anau to Milford Sound will take you through some of New Zealand’s most intense and vivid landscapes, and you’ll be completely spellbound by the different sights of pristine rainforest, moss-covered mountains, mirror lakes, trickling waterfalls and the presence of striking cliff faces meandering along your route.

There’s theatre from start to finish so you might find it hard to keep focused on the wheel and you’ll want to stop several stops to soak in the views really. Bring your camera and ingredients to create a yummy lunch as your Spaceships campervan comes with cooking gear included. You can enjoy your favourite meal in the open air, as we’re sure you’ll find an awesome picnic spot or two on this road trip.

See for more info and a detailed itinerary for the drive from Queenstown to Te Anau and then to Milford Sound.

• South Africa
• Philippines
• Faroe Islands
• United States
• French Polynesia
• New Zealand

The 10 Best Road Trips In New Zealand

Have you ever dreamed of cruising along winding roads, surrounded by breathtaking landscapes that change with every turn? New Zealand, a land of diverse and stunning beauty, offers just that. Whether you’re a thrill-seeker, a nature lover, or someone looking for a peaceful escape, New Zealand’s road trips promise an unforgettable adventure.

From the bustling streets of Auckland to the serene waters of Wellington, every route is a story waiting to unfold. Embark on this journey with us as we explore the epic NZ road journeys and the must-see vistas of this beautiful country. Get ready to ignite your wanderlust with these incredible NZ self-drive itineraries!

Auckland to the Far North – The Northland Adventure

From Cityscapes to Coastal Escapes

Our journey begins in Auckland, New Zealand’s largest city, where urban charm meets stunning natural beauty. Heading north, the landscape transforms from city skylines to open roads fringed by lush greenery and azure waters. This North Island scenic drive is a celebration of New Zealand’s rugged coastlines and rich Maori heritage.

As you cruise towards the Bay of Islands, you’ll be greeted by a cluster of over 140 subtropical islands, renowned for their untouched beaches and historical significance. Pause at Paihia, a seaside town that’s not only a gateway to the islands but also a hub of adventure activities. Whether it’s diving into the vibrant marine life, kayaking along the coast, or simply soaking up the sun, the Bay of Islands is a slice of paradise.

But the journey doesn’t stop here. Push further north to the historic Waitangi Treaty Grounds, where New Zealand’s founding document was signed. It’s a place that beautifully encapsulates the country’s history and the spirit of its people. As you drive further, the roads meander through ancient kauri forests, leading you to the iconic Cape Reinga. Standing at the northernmost tip of New Zealand, where the Tasman Sea meets the Pacific Ocean, it’s a spiritual place for Maori and a breathtaking spectacle for all.

The Coromandel Peninsula Circuit – Beaches and Forests

A Loop of Natural Wonders

The Coromandel Peninsula, with its stunning beaches and lush forests, offers one of the most scenic drives in New Zealand. This loop, a favorite among both locals and tourists, showcases the very best of New Zealand’s natural landscapes.

Starting from Thames, a historic town with a rich gold mining past, the route winds its way up the west coast, with stops at charming beaches like Whangamata. As you drive, the Coromandel Forest Park looms on one side, offering hiking trails through native forests.

Cathedral Cove is a must-visit, accessible only by foot, boat, or kayak. Its naturally formed archway and pristine beach make it a photographer’s dream. Don’t forget Hot Water Beach, where you can dig your own spa pool in the sand during low tide, thanks to the underground hot springs!

Rotorua to Taupo – Geothermal Wonders

Through the Heart of Thermal Activity

The journey from Rotorua to Taupo is like traveling through a storybook of the Earth’s creation. This segment of your New Zealand nature tour is filled with geothermal marvels, from bubbling mud pools to steaming geysers.

Rotorua, known as the geothermal wonderland, is home to several parks where you can witness these natural phenomena. The Wai-O-Tapu Thermal Wonderland, with its colorful Champagne Pool and Lady Knox Geyser, is a spectacle of nature’s power. Maori cultural experiences are also abundant here, offering a glimpse into the rich heritage of New Zealand’s indigenous people.

As you head towards Taupo, don’t miss the Huka Falls, where the Waikato River, New Zealand’s longest river, unleashes its full force. In Taupo, unwind by the shores of the largest lake in New Zealand, a crater lake formed by a supervolcanic eruption. It’s a perfect spot to reflect on the journey’s natural wonders.

Napier to Wellington – Wine and Capital Charms

A Toast to the Scenic South

The drive from Napier to Wellington is a toast to New Zealand’s elegance and charm. Starting in Napier, known for its beautifully preserved Art Deco architecture, this route is a delightful journey through the heart of New Zealand’s wine country.

As you meander through Hawke’s Bay, take the opportunity to visit some of the region’s renowned wineries. The vineyards here are not just about wine tasting; they’re about an experience set against a backdrop of rolling hills and picturesque landscapes.

Continuing south, the route takes you to the vibrant city of Wellington. This journey combines the best of rural tranquility with urban sophistication. In Wellington, explore the waterfront, visit the Te Papa Museum, and indulge in the city’s bustling cafe culture. Wellington’s creative spirit, combined with its culinary delights, makes it a fitting finale to this segment of your New Zealand adventure.

The Great Alpine Highway – A South Island Marvel

Across the Heart of the South Island

The Great Alpine Highway presents a journey that is as dynamic as it is stunning. Starting from Christchurch, the largest city in the South Island, this route leads you through the diverse landscapes of the Canterbury Plains and into the heart of the Southern Alps via Arthur’s Pass.

Arthur’s Pass National Park is a highlight of this journey, offering dramatic mountain scenery and a range of outdoor activities. Hiking trails here range from short walks to challenging hikes, each revealing the park’s rich flora and fauna. Don’t miss the chance to spot the cheeky kea, the world’s only alpine parrot, known for its intelligence and curiosity.

Descending the pass, the landscape unfolds into the lush rainforests and serene lakes of the West Coast. This route not only connects you with nature but also with the pioneering history of the South Island, making it a must-drive on your New Zealand road trip.

West Coast Wilderness Trail – Untouched Beauty

Exploring the Rugged West Coast

The West Coast of the South Island, known for its untamed beauty, is a journey through some of New Zealand’s most spectacular wilderness. This drive, part of the ultimate NZ road trip, takes you along rugged coastlines, dense rainforests, and past ancient glaciers.

Starting from Greymouth, the largest town on the West Coast, the route heads south, weaving its way through scenic landscapes. The Pancake Rocks and Blowholes at Punakaiki are a natural wonder not to be missed. These limestone formations, resembling stacked pancakes, have been sculpted over millions of years by the elements.

Continuing along the coast, the Franz Josef and Fox Glaciers offer a unique opportunity to witness glaciers descending into temperate rainforest – a rare sight worldwide. The glaciers provide a range of experiences, from scenic walks to guided ice hikes, making this segment of your journey both adventurous and awe-inspiring.

The Southern Scenic Route – Diversity of Landscapes

From Wildlife to Fiords

The Southern Scenic Route is a journey that encapsulates the diversity of New Zealand’s southern landscapes. Stretching from Dunedin, a city known for its Scottish heritage and wildlife, to the mystical Fiordland, this route is a showcase of natural splendor.

The Catlins, a highlight of this route, offers rugged coastlines, hidden waterfalls, and abundant wildlife. Places like Nugget Point, with its iconic lighthouse and seal colonies, are a testament to the untouched beauty of this region.

As you approach Fiordland National Park, prepare to be mesmerized by the dramatic fiords and lush rainforests. Te Anau, the gateway to Fiordland, is a serene stopover before exploring the majestic Milford Sound or Doubtful Sound. This part of your journey is not just a drive but an exploration of some of the most pristine environments on earth.

Queenstown to Milford Sound – Journey to the Fjords

A Majestic Drive to the Fjords

Perhaps the most iconic of all New Zealand’s road trips, the journey from Queenstown to Milford Sound is a voyage into the heart of the South Island’s dramatic landscape. Starting in Queenstown, the adventure capital of New Zealand, this route takes you through landscapes that will leave you awe-struck.

The drive through Fiordland National Park is nothing short of spectacular, with every turn bringing a new vista of towering mountains and reflective lakes. The Mirror Lakes, with their perfect reflections of the Earl Mountains, are a photographer’s paradise.

Arriving at Milford Sound, you’re greeted by sheer cliffs, cascading waterfalls, and the iconic Mitre Peak rising from the fjord’s depths. A cruise on Milford Sound, where you can experience the majesty of the fiord up close, is the perfect culmination to this breathtaking journey. It’s a place that not only showcases the raw beauty of New Zealand but also leaves an indelible mark on your heart.

The Catlins Coast Road – The Undiscovered Jewel

A Coastal Road Less Traveled

Venturing off the beaten path, the Catlins Coast Road invites you to explore one of New Zealand’s best-kept secrets. This journey along the southeastern coast of the South Island is a blend of wild landscapes, abundant wildlife, and hidden natural treasures.

Starting from Balclutha, this route meanders through a coastline dotted with rugged cliffs, sweeping bays, and lush forests. The Catlins is a haven for wildlife enthusiasts. Here, you might spot rare yellow-eyed penguins, fur seals basking on the rocks, and even dolphins playing in the waves.

Natural wonders such as Nugget Point, with its picturesque lighthouse, and the Purakaunui Falls, a cascading waterfall set in a pristine forest, are highlights of this journey. The Catlins Coast Road is not just a drive; it’s an adventure through some of New Zealand’s most untouched and beautiful landscapes.

Christchurch to Picton via Kaikoura – Coastal Wonders

From Garden City to Marine Haven

The drive from Christchurch to Picton, via the scenic town of Kaikoura, is a journey that encapsulates the diverse beauty of New Zealand’s east coast. Starting from Christchurch, known as the Garden City, this route takes you through picturesque countryside and vineyards before reaching the coastal town of Kaikoura.

Kaikoura is a marine wonderland. Renowned for its whale-watching opportunities, it offers a chance to see these majestic creatures up close. The Kaikoura Ranges, towering in the background, provide a stunning contrast to the ocean vistas.

Continuing north, the journey takes you through the renowned Marlborough wine region, home to some of New Zealand’s finest Sauvignon Blanc. The route concludes in Picton, a charming seaside town and the gateway to the beautiful Marlborough Sounds. This journey is a harmonious blend of urban charm, rural beauty, and coastal splendor, making it a fitting conclusion to your New Zealand road trip.

Travel Tips and Useful Information

• Best Time to Visit : The best time for a road trip in New Zealand is during the spring (September to November) and autumn (March to May) months for milder weather and fewer crowds.
• Car Rental Advice : Renting a car or campervan is the most convenient way to explore. Remember, in New Zealand, you drive on the left side of the road.
• Driving Regulations : Be aware of New Zealand’s road rules, including speed limits and no-drinking-and-driving laws.
• Accommodation : Options range from campsites and holiday parks to boutique hotels and lodges. Booking in advance is recommended, especially during peak seasons.
• Additional Resources : Check online for route maps, travel guides, and local insights to enhance your journey.

New Zealand’s roads are not just about the destinations they lead to; they are about the stories they unfold, the landscapes they traverse, and the experiences they offer. So, what are you waiting for? Your New Zealand adventure begins on the road.

STAY UPDATED

Join our community of keen travellers, wildlife enthusiasts and adventure seekers..

What to Do on a Rainy Day in Paris

Hot Places in the US – 15 Scorching Cities

Cool Solutions: How Ski Resorts Are Adapting to Climate Change

A Fiery Future: Canada’s Battle Against Climate-Driven Wildfires

10 Beautiful Tulip Gardens Near Amsterdam

Things To Do

April 10, 2024

Tulip Mania: A Vibrant Guide to Amsterdam's Tulip Havens

Welcome to the rainbow that touches the ground! Amsterdam during tulip season is nothing short of a technicolor dream, a spectacle so dazzling it draws visitors from all corners of the globe. Here, the humble tulip isn't just a flower; it's a national obsession, a symbol of historical intrigue, and the star of the springtime show.

If you're looking to dive headfirst into this floral fantasy, you've clicked on the right guide. Buckle up, as we take you through the most breathtaking tulip havens near Amsterdam , where the flowers are not just seen but truly experienced.

1. Keukenhof Gardens, Lisse

The Floral Wonderland

Imagine stepping into a painting where the grass is greener, and the colors are so vivid they almost seem unreal. That's Keukenhof Gardens for you, often hailed as the "Garden of Europe." Just a short drive from Amsterdam, this floral paradise unfurls over 32 hectares, showcasing more than 7 million bulbs in bloom. From tulips to daffodils and hyacinths, Keukenhof is where spring makes its grand entrance.

Why You Can't Miss It : It's not every day you get to witness the sheer variety of over 800 tulip species painting the landscape in every hue imaginable. The garden's thematic sections, including the Japanese Garden, Natural Garden, and the Historical Garden, offer a multitude of floral experiences.

Pro Tips for the Tulip Enthusiast :

• Timing is Everything : Mid-April to early May is the sweet spot for catching the full spectacle. However, Keukenhof opens from late March to mid-May, giving you a broad window to plan your visit.
• Skip the Line : Tickets sell like hotcakes! Buy yours online to dodge the long queues.
• Explore Beyond the Petals : Don't rush off after the tulip gazing. The windmill and boat tours offer a unique perspective of the surrounding flower fields.

Keukenhof Gardens tickets are your golden ticket to a floral utopia. Secure them early and prepare for an unforgettable spring day out.

2. Zaanse Schans Tulip Gardens

A Time Capsule in Bloom

Next up, let's whirlwind you to Zaanse Schans, a scenic village that seems to have leaped out of a Dutch Golden Age painting, windmills, wooden houses, and all. But come spring, it's the tulip fields surrounding this historic setup that steal the spotlight. Picture this: vibrant tulips with the backdrop of spinning windmills – it's the Netherlands encapsulated in one frame.

Why You Can't Miss It : Zaanse Schans isn't just about tulips; it's a cultural dive into Dutch heritage. The tulip fields add layers to this living museum, enhancing its charm and appeal.

• Make it a Day Trip : There's more to Zaanse Schans than tulips. Explore the cheese factory, watch clogs being made, and visit the windmills for a full Dutch cultural immersion.
• Timing : Though the tulips are in bloom throughout the spring, visiting in April ensures you see them at their peak.
• Photography Paradise : Early morning or late afternoon offers the best light for your photos, minus the crowds.

Zaanse Schans Tulip Gardens not only offer a floral feast for your eyes but also a journey back in time. It’s a perfect blend of history, culture, and natural beauty, making it a must-visit spot during your tulip escapade near Amsterdam.

3. Tulip Fields of Lisse

A Carpet of Color

Lisse acts as the heartbeat of the Netherlands' tulip obsession. This town, nestled in the heart of the flower-growing region, transforms into a kaleidoscope of colors come spring. The fields stretch as far as the eye can see, draped in the most vivid tulips you'll ever lay eyes on.

Why You Can't Miss It : If there's a place that captures the essence of Dutch spring, it's here. The vast, uninterrupted fields of Lisse offer a tulip experience that's both immersive and breathtaking.

• Bike it Out : The best way to experience Lisse's tulip fields is on two wheels. Rent a bike and glide through the floral avenues for an up-close encounter with the tulips.
• Sunrise and Sunset : For photographers, these golden hours transform the fields into a magical landscape. Plus, you'll avoid the midday crowds.
• Local Insight : Stop by local cafés and shops to get insider tips on the best fields to visit. The locals always know the hidden gems.

Cycling through the tulip fields of Lisse is an iconic Dutch experience. With paths winding through endless blooms, it's a journey that embodies the spirit of spring in the Netherlands.

4. Hortus Bulborum, Limmen

A Living Tulip Museum

Venture a bit further to Limmen, and you'll discover Hortus Bulborum, a garden with a twist. This isn't your typical flower garden but a genetic conservatory dedicated to preserving rare and historic bulb varieties. With tulips that date back to the 16th century, Hortus Bulborum offers a fascinating glimpse into the tulip's journey through time.

Why You Can't Miss It : For the tulip enthusiast with a love for history, Hortus Bulborum is a treasure trove. It's a chance to see tulip varieties that are no longer commercially grown, each with its own story.

• Plan Your Visit : Open only during the spring, check the garden's schedule before you go. The collection is at its best in April.
• Guided Tours : Opt for a guided tour to enrich your visit with stories and insights into the garden's rare specimens.
• Photography Must : The unique varieties make for extraordinary photos, capturing the diversity of tulips beyond the common selections.

Hortus Bulborum Limmen stands as a testament to the tulip's rich heritage. It's a unique destination that offers more than just beauty—it offers a lesson in the bloom's vibrant history.

5. Flower Strip (Bollenstreek)

A Blossoming Route

Between Haarlem and Leiden lies the Flower Strip, or Bollenstreek, a region that turns into a living rainbow each spring. This area is renowned for its sweeping flower fields, with tulips taking the lead in a spectacle of color and scent. The Flower Strip offers a scenic route that's as enchanting by bike as it is by car.

Why You Can't Miss It : The Flower Strip provides an unparalleled opportunity to witness the diversity of the Netherlands' bulb-growing industry. It's a vibrant corridor that connects various tulip gardens and fields, showcasing the flower in all its glory.

• Scenic Routes : Whether you choose to drive or cycle, follow the marked Flower Route for the most stunning displays. The route is well-signposted and takes you through the heart of tulip country.
• Timing is Key : Visit from late March to mid-May, but for the peak tulip bloom, aim for mid-April. This is when the Flower Strip is at its most vibrant.
• Local Festivals : Keep an eye out for flower parades and tulip festivals along the Bollenstreek. These events add a cultural flavor to your floral adventure.

The Flower Strip Bollenstreek is your road to floral paradise. It's a journey that intertwines natural beauty with the art of tulip cultivation, offering endless opportunities for discovery and enchantment.

6. Amsterdam Tulip Museum

A Cultural Bloom

While exploring the tulip fields offers a feast for the senses, delving into the history and impact of this flower on Dutch culture provides depth to your experience. The Amsterdam Tulip Museum , located in the heart of the Jordaan district, is a compact yet comprehensive homage to the tulip's journey through Dutch history.

Why You Can't Miss It : This museum presents a fascinating narrative, from the tulip's wild origins to its role in the economy and art. It's a story that adds layers to your understanding and appreciation of the tulips you've been admiring in the fields.

• Combine with a Canal Walk : The museum's location is ideal for pairing your visit with a stroll along Amsterdam's picturesque canals. It's a perfect blend of culture and relaxation.
• Shop for Tulip Bulbs : The museum shop offers a selection of tulip bulbs that can be legally transported abroad. Bring a piece of your Dutch adventure home with you.
• Check for Exhibits : The museum occasionally hosts special exhibits. Check their schedule in advance to catch these insightful displays.

The Amsterdam Tulip Museum not only educates but also inspires. It's a crucial stop for anyone looking to fully grasp the tulip's role in shaping Dutch identity and landscape.

7. Noordwijkerhout

A Village Embraced by Tulips

Nestled in the heart of the Bollenstreek, Noordwijkerhout offers a picturesque setting that seems to have sprung from a painting. This village is surrounded by some of the most spectacular tulip fields in the Netherlands, making it a prime location for those seeking the quintessential Dutch spring experience.

Why You Can't Miss It : Beyond its charm, Noordwijkerhout serves as a perfect starting point for exploring the surrounding tulip fields. It's a quieter alternative to the more crowded spots, allowing for a more intimate experience with the flowers.

• Stay Local : Consider booking a stay in Noordwijkerhout to fully immerse yourself in the tulip-filled landscape. Waking up to a view of tulip fields is an experience unto itself.
• Bike Tours : Many local businesses offer bike tours that take you through the best fields. It's an eco-friendly way to enjoy the beauty around.
• Festival Fun : If your visit coincides with the local tulip festival, don't miss it. These festivals often feature parades, markets, and a lot of local color.

Noordwijkerhout tulip fields are a hidden gem in the Netherlands' floral crown. They offer a serene backdrop to your tulip adventures, away from the hustle and bustle.

Tulips Amidst Historical Elegance

A short train ride from Amsterdam, Haarlem blooms into a vibrant display of tulips each spring, especially within its historic Hofjes. These almshouses, built around tranquil courtyards, become secret gardens of sorts, adorned with tulips and other spring flowers.

Why You Can't Miss It : Haarlem combines floral beauty with architectural grace. The city offers a unique setting to enjoy tulips, where they complement the historical context and add a splash of color to the ancient brick and stone.

• Hofjes Exploration : Many Hofjes are open to the public. Take a self-guided tour to discover these peaceful courtyards and their blooming gardens.
• Enjoy the Cultural Scene : Haarlem is known for its museums and art galleries. Pair your tulip viewing with a visit to the Frans Hals Museum or the Teylers Museum for a full cultural immersion.
• Culinary Delights : After a day of tulip admiration, indulge in Haarlem's culinary scene. The city boasts several Michelin-starred restaurants and cozy cafes perfect for reflecting on the day's beauty.

Haarlem tulip gardens offer a blend of floral splendor and historical charm. It's an exquisite setting for those looking to enrich their tulip season with a touch of cultural depth.

9. Amstelveen Tulip Route

Suburban Blooms and Urban Escapes

Just a stone's throw away from the bustling city life of Amsterdam, Amstelveen offers a breath of fresh air with its annual Tulip Route. During spring, this suburb transforms into a floral spectacle, with designated paths leading enthusiasts through parks, residential areas, and open spaces adorned with a variety of tulips.

Why You Can't Miss It : The Amstelveen Tulip Route is a testament to the tulip's integration into daily Dutch life, showcasing how beauty and urban living coexist. It offers a different perspective, one that combines the charm of suburban tulip viewing with the convenience of urban accessibility.

• Download the Route Map : Before you head out, make sure to download or pick up a map of the Tulip Route. It’s updated annually to highlight the best viewing spots.
• Picnic Among the Petals : Several parks along the route are perfect for a tulip-side picnic. Pack a lunch and enjoy the colors of spring in a relaxed setting.
• Photography Friendly : The diversity of settings along the route provides unique backdrops for photographers. Capture tulips framed by modern architecture, serene ponds, and family gardens.

The Amstelveen Tulip Route is a modern twist on the traditional tulip experience. It’s perfect for those looking to blend a floral expedition with the amenities of city life.

10. Vondelpark, Amsterdam

An Urban Oasis of Tulips

Amsterdam's largest and most famous park, Vondelpark, becomes a canvas of color each spring. While the park is a year-round destination for both locals and tourists, the tulip season adds a special allure, with beds of meticulously planted tulips blooming in harmony with the park's natural landscape.

Why You Can't Miss It : Vondelpark offers the unique opportunity to enjoy tulips within the urban context of Amsterdam. It's a lively hub of activity where the beauty of spring flowers can be appreciated amidst the backdrop of the city's vibrant life.

• Morning Walks : For a tranquil tulip experience, visit Vondelpark early in the morning. You’ll avoid the crowds and catch the soft morning light, which illuminates the tulips beautifully.
• Combine with Cultural Visits : Surrounding Vondelpark are some of Amsterdam's top museums. Plan your day to include both tulip viewing in the park and a visit to nearby cultural institutions like the Van Gogh Museum or the Rijksmuseum.
• Bike or Stroll : Take advantage of the park's extensive paths to either bike or stroll through the tulip displays. It’s a perfect way to see the variety of colors and species planted in the park.

Vondelpark Amsterdam tulips present a picturesque slice of Dutch spring, right in the heart of the city. It's an ideal spot for those who wish to combine the leisure of tulip viewing with the dynamic atmosphere of Amsterdam.

Additional Tips for Your Tulip Tour

Embarking on a tulip tour through the Netherlands is an adventure that calls for some planning and insider knowledge. Here are a few additional tips to make your experience as vibrant and smooth as possible:

• Best Time to Visit : Timing your visit is crucial. Although tulip season can start as early as late March, the prime time to see the fields at their most colorful is from mid-April to early May.
• Respect the Flowers : Remember, the tulip fields are often on private farmland. Enjoy the view from the paths and don't trespass or pick the tulips. Keep the beauty intact for everyone to enjoy.
• Weather Check : Dutch weather can be unpredictable. Dress in layers and be prepared for sudden showers. A sunny day can quickly turn cloudy (and vice versa), enhancing the tulip viewing experience in unique ways.
• Getting Around : Renting a bike is an authentic Dutch way to explore the tulip areas, but if cycling isn't your thing, consider renting a car or using public transport for longer distances.
• Stay Hydrated : With all the walking and biking through the fields, it's easy to get dehydrated. Carry water with you, especially on sunny days.
• Local Delights : Don't miss out on the local cuisine. The Netherlands offers more than just cheese and herring. Explore local bakeries, cafés, and restaurants for some culinary surprises.
• Souvenir Tulips : Want to take a piece of the Netherlands home? Many places sell tulip bulbs that are ready for export. Just make sure they are certified for international travel to avoid any customs issues.

As our tulip tour comes to a close, it's clear that the beauty of these blooms is more than just visual; it's a journey through history, culture, and the breathtaking landscapes of the Netherlands. Whether you're wandering through the expansive fields of Keukenhof, cycling the picturesque routes of Lisse, or exploring the urban tulip spots in Amsterdam, the experience is sure to leave an indelible mark on your heart.

The tulip season is a fleeting marvel, a reminder to seize the moment and embrace the beauty that nature offers. It's a time for renewal, celebration, and, above all, appreciation for the simple yet profound joy that flowers can bring into our lives. So, when you visit the Netherlands during this magical time, let the tulips guide you through a world of color, tradition, and wonder. Who knows? You might just find yourself returning year after year, chasing the endless bloom of the Dutch spring.

And remember, each tulip has its own story, as does every traveler. What will yours be?

The Most Exclusive Rooftop Bars in London, UK

April 4, 2024

Imagine this: the sun dips below the horizon, painting the London skyline in hues of fiery orange and soft pinks. Iconic structures like The Shard, the London Eye, and the Gherkin stand silhouetted against the twilight, each light flickering to life like stars being born. This isn't just another evening in London; it's a prelude to an unforgettable night above the city's bustling streets, on the exclusive decks of the most coveted rooftop bars.

Rooftop bars in London are more than mere drinking spots. They are sky-high sanctuaries where the vibrancy of the city meets the tranquility of the clouds. This guide is your golden ticket to the crème de la crème of London’s rooftop experiences, where the cocktails are as mesmerizing as the views.

Why Rooftop Bars?

Rooftop bars possess a certain je ne sais quoi that ground-level establishments can hardly match. Is it the panoramic views that give drinkers a sense of freedom and elevation beyond the physical? Or is it the exclusive atmosphere, where the hustle and bustle of the city seem distant, yet simultaneously beneath your feet?

The allure lies in the blend of open skies, innovative mixology, and the pulse of music that resonates with the heartbeat of London itself. From the London skyline bars that offer an eagle-eye view of the city’s architectural marvels to "exclusive rooftop bars London" that serve up luxury in every sip, these elevated havens are about more than just altitude. They're about an attitude—a declaration of love for nights filled with starry skies, spirited conversations, and clinking glasses.

The Ultimate List of London’s Most Exclusive Rooftop Bars

Let's take you on a tour of the most exclusive, must-visit rooftop bars in London . Each offers not just a drink, but a dive into a unique atmosphere that can only be described as, well, elevated.

1. Radio Rooftop Bar

Perched on the 10th floor of the ME London hotel, Radio Rooftop Bar offers panoramic views that sweep from the Strand over the Thames to the Shard. It's a hotspot for fashion-forward crowds and the occasional celebrity sighting.

What to Drink: Try the 'Radioactive Sunset'—a cocktail that blends the fiery colors of dusk with a tangy twist.

Insider Tip: The magic hour just as the sun sets is when this place truly shines. Arrive early to snag the best spot.

2. Sushisamba

Hovering on the 38th and 39th floors of the Salesforce Tower, Sushisamba serves up a unique blend of Japanese, Brazilian, and Peruvian cuisine. The views are as spectacular as the fusion flavors, with London laid out like a neon-lit feast below.

What to Eat: Don't leave without trying the Samba London Roll, a sushi creation that's as visually stunning as it is delicious.

Insider Tip: Reservations are a must, especially if you're aiming for a window seat. Book well in advance to avoid disappointment.

3. The Rooftop St. James

With an unobstructed view over Trafalgar Square, The Rooftop St. James is an epitome of sophistication in the sky. It's where classic cocktails meet modern innovation, all wrapped up in a chic, inviting atmosphere. This is the spot to soak in iconic London sights while indulging in some of the city’s finest drinks.

What to Drink: The 'Trafalgar Tea' is a must-try—a refreshing blend that pays homage to the area's rich history, with a twist that's as contemporary as the bar's stylish decor.

Insider Tip: The Rooftop St. James can get quite breezy, even on a summer evening. They provide blankets, but it’s wise to bring an extra layer to ensure you stay cozy as you sip and sightsee.

4. Savage Garden

Perched atop the DoubleTree by Hilton Hotel London, Savage Garden is a place of contrasts. Its wild, edgy interior design, with touches of the untamed and the mystical, makes it a unique find in the city’s rooftop scene. Here, the cocktails are as bold and innovative as the décor, making it a hit among those looking to venture beyond the classic bar experience.

What to Drink: Dive into the 'Savage Heart'—a cocktail that's as fierce as the bar's name suggests, with a mix of flavors that’s both surprising and satisfying.

Insider Tip: Savage Garden is known for its themed nights and special events. Check their schedule in advance to align your visit with an evening that might offer live music, DJ sets, or a unique cocktail menu.

5. 12th Knot

This vibrant spot on the South Bank boasts not just eclectic decor but some of the most mesmerizing views of the River Thames. The atmosphere here is electric, making it a perfect backdrop for those Instagram-worthy moments. The 12th Knot seamlessly blends the casual with the sophisticated, inviting guests to unwind and revel in the urban chic vibe.

What to Drink: The signature cocktail, 'Thames Fizz,' offers a bubbly tribute to the river views it overlooks. It's refreshing, with just the right amount of zest.

Insider Tip: The outdoor terrace is fantastic during the summer months, but its popularity means it can get crowded. Arriving early not only guarantees a good spot but also treats you to the spectacle of the city transitioning from day to night.

6. Jin Bo Law

Located in Aldgate, Jin Bo Law offers a rooftop experience that is quintessentially London . With a panoramic view that includes The Shard, Tower Bridge, and the Gherkin, it's a place where the city's iconic architecture feels within reach. The interior is sleek and modern, with Asian-inspired design elements that reflect the sophistication of its cocktail menu.

What to Drink: The 'Dragon's Gate' is an exotic mix that pays homage to the bar's Asian influences, combining traditional ingredients with a modern flair.

Insider Tip: Jin Bo Law attracts a fashionable crowd, especially on weekends. Dress to impress and be prepared for a night where luxury and style take center stage.

7. The Nest in Treehouse

Nestled in the heart of London, The Nest in Treehouse offers an eco-conscious retreat amidst the urban jungle. Its terraces provide panoramic views of the city skyline, with lush greenery adding a touch of tranquility to the bustling atmosphere. This rooftop oasis combines sustainability with style, inviting guests to sip cocktails while surrounded by nature.

What to Drink: Opt for the 'Green Goddess' cocktail, a refreshing blend of botanical flavors that perfectly complements the verdant surroundings.

Insider Tip: The Nest in Treehouse is popular for its weekend brunches. Make a reservation to secure a spot and indulge in a leisurely mid-morning feast with a view.

8. Aviary London

Perched on the 10th floor of the Montcalm Royal London House in Finsbury Square, Aviary London offers a luxurious rooftop escape with stunning views of the city skyline. Its spacious outdoor terraces provide the perfect setting for alfresco dining and cocktail sipping, while the contemporary interiors exude elegance and sophistication.

What to Drink: Try the 'Skyline Spritz,' a light and refreshing cocktail that captures the essence of London's skyline with its blend of citrus and botanical notes.

Insider Tip: Aviary London hosts live music performances on select evenings, adding an extra layer of ambiance to your rooftop experience. Check their events calendar for upcoming performances and plan your visit accordingly.

Madison, overlooking St. Paul's Cathedral, is where sophistication meets skyline views. Its expansive terrace offers unparalleled vistas of the iconic dome, while the chic interior provides a stylish setting for sipping cocktails and socializing. Whether you're after a romantic evening or a lively night out with friends, Madison delivers an unforgettable rooftop experience.

What to Drink: The 'St. Paul's Sipper' is a Madison signature, featuring a blend of premium spirits and fruit flavors that perfectly complement the stunning backdrop.

Insider Tip: Arrive early to secure a spot on the terrace and witness the sunset casting a golden glow over the city—an Instagram-worthy moment not to be missed.

10. Coq d'Argent

Set amidst the architectural marvels of the City of London , Coq d'Argent offers an elevated dining experience in every sense of the word. Its garden setting atop No.1 Poultry provides a serene escape from the hustle and bustle below, while the French-inspired cuisine and extensive wine list ensure a feast for the senses.

What to Drink: Indulge in a glass of champagne or choose from their selection of expertly crafted cocktails to accompany your meal.

Insider Tip: Coq d'Argent is a popular spot for business lunches and special occasions. Make a reservation in advance, especially if you're planning to dine during peak hours.

11. Pergola Paddington

Pergola Paddington is an urban oasis nestled in the heart of Paddington Central. Its sprawling rooftop terrace is adorned with lush greenery, creating a vibrant and inviting atmosphere. With a rotating selection of street food vendors and a well-stocked bar, Pergola Paddington offers a relaxed yet lively setting for enjoying delicious bites and refreshing drinks with friends.

What to Drink: Cool off with a 'Pergola Punch,' a fruity and refreshing cocktail that's perfect for sipping in the sun.

Insider Tip: Pergola Paddington can get busy, especially on weekends. Arrive early to secure a table or consider visiting during off-peak hours for a more laid-back experience.

12. Frank's Cafe

Perched atop a multi-story car park in Peckham, Frank's Cafe is a seasonal rooftop bar that has become a beloved fixture of London's summer scene. Its unpretentious vibe, panoramic views of the city skyline, and eclectic crowd make it a must-visit destination for locals and visitors alike. With its colorful umbrellas and artsy decor, Frank's Cafe exudes a hip and relaxed atmosphere that perfectly complements its stunning surroundings.

What to Drink: Keep it simple with a classic G&T or opt for one of their rotating selection of craft beers.

Insider Tip: Frank's Cafe is only open during the summer months, typically from May to September. Make the most of the season and plan your visit accordingly to catch one of London's best-kept rooftop secrets.

How to Choose the Perfect Rooftop Bar In London, for You

Choosing the right rooftop bar is an art form. Consider what you're after: Are panoramic views at the top of your list, or are you more about the vibe? Maybe it's a specific cocktail or cuisine you're craving. Remember, the best choice blends ambiance with flavor, offering a night that’s as delicious as it is unforgettable.

Making the Most of Your London Rooftop Bar Experience

To ensure an elevated evening, keep these tips in mind:

• Book in Advance: Many of these spots are exclusive for a reason. Secure your spot to avoid being turned away.
• Dress Code: Most rooftop bars have a dress code—think smart casual or chic. It's all about matching the sophistication of the setting.
• Weather Wise: The British weather can be unpredictable. Check the forecast and choose a bar with indoor options just in case.

Experiencing London from its rooftop bars is to see the city in a new light—literally. It’s about embracing the night, the city’s skyline, and the myriad flavors each bar brings to your glass. So, here's to high spirits and even higher views. May your nights be as dazzling as the city lights below.

Neon Lights & City Nights: The Best Night Clubs in London

London, a city where the night shines as brightly as the day, and the sound of music leads you down its historic lanes into the heart of its pulsating nightlife. Beyond the shadow of the city's iconic landmarks, the neon lights of London's night clubs beckon with the promise of unforgettable adventures.

This isn't just about dancing the night away; it's about experiencing the vibrancy of cultures, sounds, and spirits that make London's night scene one of the most dynamic on the planet.

Whether you're a hardcore electronic music enthusiast or a live music lover, this guide dives into the best night clubs in London , offering not just a night out, but a journey into the soul of the city's night.

Tucked away in the historic Farringdon area, Fabric has been the cornerstone of London's electronic music scene since its opening in 1999. With a reputation that crosses borders, Fabric is not just a club; it's an institution, famed for its groundbreaking sound system and body-sonic dancefloor that lets you feel the bass coursing through your veins.

Fabric's heart beats to the rhythm of electronic music, hosting a roster of international DJs and emerging talent. It's a melting pot where music lovers of all types converge, from techno heads to drum and bass aficionados.

Be prepared for a cover charge that varies from £10 to £25, depending on the night and the line-up. Fridays are legendary for their drum and bass sessions, while Saturdays offer a mix of techno, house, and everything in between. Remember, Fabric operates a strict face control, so bring your ID and a spirit ready to embrace the night.

As one of the top London clubs for music lovers, Fabric offers an unparalleled night out for those looking to experience the cutting edge of the electronic music scene.

2. Ministry of Sound

In the heart of Elephant & Castle, Ministry of Sound stands as a titan of London's clubbing landscape. Since its inception in 1991, it has evolved from a derelict bus garage into one of the world's most famous night clubs, with a sound system that's become the stuff of legend.

The Ministry of Sound is a sanctuary for house and techno enthusiasts. Its dance floors are filled with dedicated music fans from across the globe, drawn by world-class DJ line-ups and the club's relentless pursuit of the perfect sound experience.

Membership options offer a range of benefits, including queue jumps and access to exclusive areas. Tickets for events vary, but planning ahead can secure you a spot in one of London's most iconic dance music venues. Themed nights and special events are frequent, so checking their calendar is a must.

Ministry of Sound is undeniably one of the exclusive London night clubs, a must-visit for anyone looking to dive deep into the heart of the city's electronic music culture.

XOYO, nestled in the vibrant Shoreditch area, has quickly established itself as a beacon for clubbers seeking an intimate yet electrifying night out. Since opening its doors in 2010, XOYO has been dedicated to offering a space where music is the unchallenged hero.

The club spans two floors, with a layout that encourages immersion into the music and connection with the crowd. Its no-frills decor keeps the focus on what matters most: the sound, the DJ, and the dance floor.

XOYO's line-up is a carefully curated mix of established names and rising stars in the electronic, house, and techno scenes. It's a place where music aficionados and casual clubbers alike can discover new sounds and lose themselves in the beats.

XOYO operates a more accessible pricing strategy, with entry fees typically ranging from £5 to £20. The club's residency series, where DJs play consecutive weekends, offers a unique opportunity to see artists develop their sound over time. Advance ticket purchases are recommended to avoid disappointment.

For those exploring the London clubbing scene, XOYO represents the perfect blend of intimacy and energy, making it a key destination in the city's vibrant nightlife tapestry.

4. Corsica Studios

Nestled in the heart of Elephant & Castle, Corsica Studios is a hidden gem renowned for its underground music scene and gritty, industrial vibe. Since its inception, Corsica Studios has been a hub for electronic music enthusiasts seeking cutting-edge sounds and immersive clubbing experiences.

Situated in two railway arches, Corsica Studios exudes an underground charm that sets it apart from traditional club venues. Its intimate spaces and raw industrial aesthetic create an immersive atmosphere that transports clubbers to the forefront of London's underground music scene.

Corsica Studios is known for its eclectic lineup of electronic music events, featuring a mix of techno, house, experimental, and avant-garde sounds. Its commitment to pushing the boundaries of underground music attracts a diverse crowd of music enthusiasts, united by their passion for innovative sounds and immersive clubbing experiences.

Corsica Studios operates a cash-only bar, so it's advisable to come prepared with cash. Additionally, the venue's programming often includes niche events and experimental performances, so it's worth checking their website for upcoming events and ticket availability.

Stepping into Heaven is like entering a realm where the party never stops, and everyone is welcome. Located near Charing Cross, this legendary venue has been at the forefront of LGBTQ+ nightlife since the early '80s, hosting iconic pop and dance nights that have become a staple of London's night scene.

With a capacity of over 1,000 people, Heaven is one of London’s largest and most famous gay clubs, known for its electrifying atmosphere and inclusive vibe.

Heaven’s stage has seen performances from some of the biggest names in pop, along with hosting regular club nights that feature a mix of chart-topping hits and dance anthems. The crowd is as diverse as the music, creating a welcoming space for all.

G-A-Y nights are especially popular, offering cheap entry and drink specials. It’s a good idea to buy tickets in advance for big events, as Heaven’s reputation often means a full house.

For those seeking London nightlife tips, Heaven is a must-visit for its historic significance, top-tier entertainment, and unbeatable party atmosphere.

6. Egg London

Nestled in the industrial landscapes of Kings Cross, Egg London is a true gem in the city’s clubbing crown. Known for its all-night parties and captivating indoor and outdoor spaces, Egg provides a sanctuary for those looking to dance until the sun comes up.

The club boasts a multi-level layout, including a garden for those summer night vibes and various rooms each offering different musical styles. Its recent renovations have only enhanced its reputation as a space where clubbing feels like an adventure.

Egg London is a haven for electronic and techno enthusiasts, with a keen ear for international DJs and emerging talent. The crowd is energetic, diverse, and ready to embrace the club’s ethos of freedom and expression through dance.

Egg operates a more relaxed dress code, focusing on comfort and self-expression. While the door policy is tight to ensure a safe environment for all, arriving early can help avoid long waits. Membership and VIP options provide perks like fast-track entry and access to exclusive areas.

Egg London embodies the essence of nightlife in London with its immersive electronic beats, sprawling dance floors, and unparalleled atmosphere, making it a beacon for night owls and music lovers alike.

7. Printworks London

Nestled in a former printing press in Canada Water, Printworks London is a monumental venue that redefines the clubbing experience. With its industrial architecture and massive event spaces, Printworks has become synonymous with immersive, multi-sensory club nights that leave a lasting impression.

Printworks' vast halls and raw industrial aesthetic provide the perfect backdrop for its cutting-edge events. The venue's scale is awe-inspiring, creating an atmosphere that's both intimate and grandiose.

Printworks hosts a diverse range of events, from electronic music showcases to live performances and cultural festivals. Its programming attracts a wide spectrum of music lovers, united by their passion for unforgettable experiences.

Due to its popularity, tickets for Printworks events often sell out quickly. It's advisable to purchase tickets in advance and keep an eye on their website for upcoming events and special offers. Additionally, arriving early can help avoid long queues and ensure you have ample time to explore the venue's expansive spaces.

As one of the exclusive London night clubs, Printworks offers a truly immersive clubbing experience that transcends traditional boundaries, making it a must-visit destination for those seeking unforgettable nights out in the city.

8. The Jazz Cafe

Tucked away in the vibrant Camden Town, The Jazz Cafe is a legendary venue that celebrates the rich history and soulful sounds of jazz, soul, funk, and beyond. Since opening its doors in 1990, The Jazz Cafe has been a mecca for music enthusiasts seeking intimate live performances and electrifying club nights.

The Jazz Cafe exudes a cozy yet vibrant atmosphere, with its intimate stage and warm, welcoming ambiance. The venue's intimate size creates an immersive experience where audiences can connect with artists on a personal level.

The Jazz Cafe boasts a diverse lineup of live performances and DJ sets, spanning genres from jazz and soul to funk, reggae, and beyond. Its eclectic programming attracts a diverse crowd of music lovers, united by their appreciation for quality live music and unforgettable performances.

The Jazz Cafe offers a range of ticket options, including general admission tickets for live performances and club nights, as well as VIP packages for those seeking a more exclusive experience. It's advisable to check the venue's website for upcoming events and ticket availability, as well as any special offers or promotions.

Renowned for its live music offerings, The Jazz Cafe is one of the London clubs with live music, offering unforgettable performances and electrifying club nights that celebrate the rich tapestry of musical genres.

9. Studio 338

In the vibrant Greenwich Peninsula, Studio 338 is a cutting-edge venue that pushes the boundaries of clubbing culture. With its innovative design, state-of-the-art sound system, and sprawling outdoor terrace, Studio 338 offers an unparalleled clubbing experience that blurs the lines between indoor and outdoor nightlife.

Studio 338's futuristic design and immersive atmosphere set the stage for unforgettable club nights and outdoor events. The venue's sleek, industrial aesthetic creates a dynamic backdrop for its cutting-edge programming and world-class performances.

Studio 338 is renowned for its diverse lineup of electronic music events, featuring some of the biggest names in techno, house, and electronic music. Its forward-thinking approach to programming attracts a diverse crowd of music enthusiasts, united by their passion for cutting-edge sounds and unforgettable clubbing experiences.

Studio 338 offers a range of ticket options, including general admission tickets for club nights and outdoor events, as well as VIP packages for those seeking a more exclusive experience. It's advisable to purchase tickets in advance and check the venue's website for upcoming events and ticket availability.

As one of the best night clubs in London, Studio 338 offers a dynamic clubbing experience that pushes the boundaries of traditional nightlife, making it a must-visit destination for music enthusiasts and clubbers alike.

Situated in the vibrant neighborhood of Brixton, Phonox stands out as a beacon of London's clubbing scene. With its stripped-back design and focus on high-quality sounds, Phonox offers an intimate yet exhilarating clubbing experience.

Located beneath the bustling streets of Brixton, Phonox boasts an underground vibe that sets the stage for unforgettable nights. Its minimalist decor and state-of-the-art lighting create an ambiance that's both inviting and electric.

Phonox is renowned for its diverse lineup of electronic music, featuring everything from house and techno to disco and funk. Its carefully curated events attract a mixed crowd of music enthusiasts, united by their love for quality beats and vibrant atmospheres.

Phonox operates a ticketed entry system, with tickets often available for purchase online in advance. It's recommended to check their website for upcoming events and secure your spot early. Additionally, Phonox offers a cloakroom service for storing belongings during your night out.

11. The Pickle Factory

Adjacent to Oval Space in the vibrant Bethnal Green, The Pickle Factory is a hidden gem known for its intimate atmosphere and top-notch sound system. Since its opening, The Pickle Factory has carved out a niche as a destination for discerning clubbers seeking quality sounds and intimate clubbing experiences.

Housed in a former pickle factory, The Pickle Factory exudes a unique charm that sets it apart from traditional club venues. Its intimate size and minimalist aesthetic create an immersive atmosphere that places the focus squarely on the music and the dance floor.

The Pickle Factory's programming focuses on quality over quantity, with a lineup that showcases underground talent and cutting-edge sounds across a range of electronic music genres. Its discerning audience appreciates the venue's commitment to pushing the boundaries of clubbing culture and discovering new sounds.

The Pickle Factory's intimate size means that tickets for popular events often sell out quickly, so it's advisable to purchase tickets in advance. Additionally, the venue operates a strict no photography policy, so be sure to respect the club's rules and focus on enjoying the music and the atmosphere.

Renowned for its intimate atmosphere and top-notch sound system, The Pickle Factory is one of the hip hop clubs in London that offers a unique clubbing experience for music enthusiasts and clubbers alike.

12. Electric Brixton

Located in the heart of Brixton, Electric Brixton is a historic venue that has been revitalized as a premier destination for live music and club nights. With its iconic Art Deco architecture and state-of-the-art sound system, Electric Brixton offers a unique blend of old-world charm and modern clubbing sophistication.

Housed in a former cinema, Electric Brixton exudes an old-world charm that sets it apart from traditional club venues. Its grand Art Deco facade and spacious interior create a sense of grandeur that adds to the excitement of club nights and live performances.

Electric Brixton's programming spans a wide range of musical genres, from electronic and dance to live bands and DJs. Its eclectic lineup attracts a diverse crowd of music enthusiasts, united by their passion for quality sounds and unforgettable clubbing experiences.

Electric Brixton offers a range of ticket options, including general admission tickets for club nights and live performances, as well as VIP packages for those seeking a more exclusive experience. It's advisable to purchase tickets in advance and check the venue's website for upcoming events and ticket availability.

Known for its historic charm and modern clubbing sophistication, Electric Brixton is one of the London night clubs guide that offers a unique clubbing experience for music lovers and clubbers alike.

14. Oval Space

Adjacent to The Pickle Factory in Bethnal Green, Oval Space is a versatile venue that blurs the lines between clubbing, live music, and cultural events. With its spacious interior, panoramic views of East London, and commitment to showcasing innovative talent, Oval Space offers a dynamic and immersive clubbing experience that's second to none.

Oval Space boasts a spacious and versatile interior, with multiple rooms and outdoor spaces that offer panoramic views of East London. Its industrial-chic aesthetic and state-of-the-art sound system create an ambiance that's both modern and timeless.

Oval Space's programming spans a wide range of musical genres, from electronic and dance to live bands and DJs. Its diverse lineup attracts a mixed crowd of music enthusiasts, united by their passion for quality sounds and unforgettable clubbing experiences.

Oval Space operates a ticketed entry system, with tickets available for purchase in advance online. It's advisable to check the venue's website for upcoming events and ticket availability, as well as any special offers or promotions. Additionally, Oval Space offers a range of food and drink options to keep you fueled throughout the night.

Renowned for its panoramic views and dynamic programming, Oval Space is one of the best dance clubs in London that offers a unique clubbing experience for music enthusiasts and clubbers alike.

15. The Cross

Once rumored to make a comeback, The Cross was a legendary clubbing destination that left an indelible mark on London's nightlife scene. While its revival remains uncertain, The Cross's legacy lives on in the memories of those who experienced its iconic parties and groundbreaking events.

The Cross was located in the heart of King's Cross, a vibrant and eclectic neighborhood that served as the perfect backdrop for its legendary parties. Its spacious interior and cutting-edge design created an atmosphere that was both immersive and exhilarating.

The Cross's programming was as diverse as its crowd, featuring a mix of electronic music genres and underground sounds. Its legendary parties attracted a loyal following of music enthusiasts, united by their passion for quality sounds and unforgettable clubbing experiences.

While The Cross's future remains uncertain, its legacy lives on in the memories of those who experienced its iconic parties and groundbreaking events. Keep an eye out for any announcements or updates regarding its potential revival, and be ready to experience a piece of London's clubbing history if the opportunity arises.

As one of the London night clubs near me, The Cross holds a special place in the hearts of those who experienced its legendary parties and groundbreaking events, serving as a testament to the city's vibrant and ever-evolving nightlife scene.

Cool Clubs in Amsterdam – 12 Must-Visit Spots!

April 2, 2024

When the sun sets and the city lights of Amsterdam begin to shimmer on the canals, there's an electric buzz that fills the air, promising unforgettable nights. This city, known for its artistic heritage, elaborate canal system, and narrow houses with gabled facades, holds a secret nightlife that's as diverse as its history.

For the urban explorer, the night is not just a time to rest but a canvas of opportunities, a chance to dive into the vibrant, eclectic mix that makes Amsterdam's club scene one of a kind. From underground techno basements to majestic church venues, this guide is your insider's passport to the coolest, trendiest spots in the city.

Packed with practical tips and sprinkled with a bit of local know-how, we're about to embark on a journey through Amsterdam's 12 must-visit clubs. Whether you're a night owl, a music aficionado, or simply in it for the vibe, get ready to explore the heart of Amsterdam's nightlife. Let's dance through the unique, the iconic, and the unabashedly fun venues that define the night in this unparalleled city.

1. Supperclub

Overview: In a city celebrated for its dynamic nightlife and culinary experiences, The Supperclub offers an unrivaled fusion of both. Located in the heart of Amsterdam, this venue isn't just about dining; it's an immersive experience that combines innovative cuisine, performance art, and music into a feast for the senses.

What Makes It Unique: What sets The Supperclub apart is its commitment to the unexpected. Guests are invited to dine on beds instead of traditional seating, offering a relaxed yet engaging environment. Throughout the evening, a variety of performances unfold around the diners, ranging from avant-garde dance to live music, making each visit a unique adventure. After dinner, the space transforms into a vibrant club where the energy ramps up, and the night takes on a life of its own.

Practical Tips: Reservations for The Supperclub are highly recommended, as this popular experience tends to book up quickly. When planning your visit, keep an open mind and be ready for anything; the night's theme can range from the extravagant to the surreal. Dressing up is encouraged, aligning with the evening's theme or simply showcasing your personal style adds to the immersive experience.

Navigating The Supperclub

• Dining Experience: Embrace the unconventional dining setup and be prepared for a menu that's as creative and varied as the performances. Dietary preferences can usually be accommodated with advance notice.
• Transition to Club: Post-dinner, the venue transitions into a full-blown nightclub. Stick around to enjoy a variety of DJ sets and music genres, perfect for working off the evening's indulgences on the dance floor.

2. Paradiso

Overview: What was once a reverent congregation's church has transformed into one of Amsterdam's most sacred music temples. Paradiso, located near the bustling Leidseplein, is an iconic venue that has welcomed everyone from Pink Floyd to Lady Gaga, serving as a musical mecca for over half a century.

What Makes It Unique: The beauty of Paradiso lies not just in its stained glass windows or the majestic balcony arches but in its incredible acoustics and intimate atmosphere, no matter the scale of the event. It's a place where the barrier between artist and audience feels remarkably thin, creating unforgettable live music experiences. The venue's lineup is a kaleidoscope of genres, offering everything from rock and indie to electronic and hip-hop, making every visit a unique discovery.

Practical Tips: Tickets for shows at Paradiso can sell out fast, especially for big names, so snagging them early is wise. While the venue itself is a must-see, don't miss the chance to explore the surrounding area of Leidseplein, teeming with late-night eateries and bars for pre or post-concert gatherings. The club operates a cloakroom, so you can dance and jump without baggage literally hanging off your shoulders.

Navigating Paradiso

• Membership Requirement: Paradiso operates with a membership system, but fear not—this can often be included in the ticket price for a nominal fee, granting you access to a world of musical enchantment.
• Arrival Tips: Given its central location, Paradiso is easily reachable by tram or bike, Amsterdam's preferred modes of transport. Arriving a bit early can help you avoid long lines and secure a good spot, especially for sold-out shows.

Overview: A stone's throw away from Paradiso, Melkweg (The Milky Way) offers its own universe of cultural and musical exploration. Originating as a dairy factory, this multi-room venue now hosts an eclectic mix of concerts, club nights, cinema screenings, and art exhibitions, making it a cornerstone of Amsterdam's cultural scene.

What Makes It Unique: Melkweg's charm lies in its ability to offer something for everyone. Whether you're there for an indie band, a hip-hop act, or a techno DJ, the venue ensures a close-up experience with your favorites. Its programming is diverse, featuring rising stars and established names, and the multiple spaces within mean you can often choose between different vibes on the same night.

Practical Tips: Like Paradiso, Melkweg also operates on a membership model, but this is typically included in the ticket price for ease. Checking out the lineup in advance and booking tickets online is recommended, as events can sell out quickly. Don't forget to explore the Lijnbaansgracht canal area around the venue, perfect for a serene stroll to end the night.

Navigating Melkweg

• Best Spots for Shows: The venue has several spaces, from the intimate Oude Zaal (Old Hall) to the larger Max, each offering a different experience. Depending on the show, arriving early can help you get a spot close to the stage or a comfortable balcony view in the Max.
• Late-Night Snacks: The area around Melkweg is ripe with options for post-gig cravings. From classic Dutch fries to international cuisine, you won't have to venture far to find a satisfying end to your night.

Overview: Tucked away beneath the A'DAM Tower's looming presence, just a swift ferry ride across the IJ River from Central Station, Shelter offers an underground haven for techno enthusiasts. Its location is as symbolic as it is practical, representing a threshold between the mainstream and the underground, a literal and figurative journey into the depths of Amsterdam's nightlife .

What Makes It Unique: Shelter's commitment to quality sound and an immersive experience is unparalleled. With a state-of-the-art sound system that reverberates through the body, the club is a pilgrimage site for those who worship at the altar of techno. The minimalist design, accentuated by the club's meticulous attention to lighting, sets the perfect stage for losing yourself in the music.

Practical Tips: The club's somewhat secluded location makes it a journey worth planning. The free ferry service from Central Station to the A'DAM Tower is not only convenient but offers stunning nighttime views of the IJ River, setting the mood for the night ahead. Shelter operates with a no-photo policy, encouraging a fully present experience and a chance to disconnect from the digital world.

Navigating Shelter

• Door Policy: Shelter is known for its inclusive but selective door policy, aiming to cultivate a safe and respectful atmosphere. Being polite and patient with the door staff is key.
• After Hours: As one of the few clubs in Amsterdam with a 24-hour license, Shelter often hosts after-parties that stretch well into the morning, perfect for night owls and early birds alike.

5. Club NYX

Overview: A vibrant splash on the canvas of Amsterdam's nightlife, Club NYX is a three-story venue in the Reguliersdwarsstraat area, the heart of the city's LGBTQ+ scene. Named after the Greek goddess of the night, NYX embodies a space where freedom and self-expression are not just welcomed but celebrated.

What Makes It Unique: Club NYX's atmosphere is a kaleidoscope of diversity, reflecting the city's inclusive spirit. Each floor offers a different musical flavor, from pop anthems on the ground floor to deep house and techno in the basement. The club's decor, featuring eclectic art and unexpected installations (including a urinal DJ booth), underscores its playful, anything-goes vibe.

Practical Tips: Dress to express is the unofficial motto here; NYX encourages its patrons to embrace their individuality. The club is known for its themed nights and special events, so checking the schedule in advance and dressing accordingly can add an extra layer of fun to the experience. The venue is centrally located, making it easily accessible by tram, bike, or foot from most parts of the city.

Navigating Club NYX

• Best Nights to Go: While weekends are a safe bet for a high-energy crowd, weekday nights often host unique events and themed parties worth exploring.
• Safety and Inclusivity: NYX prides itself on being a safe space for everyone. Respectful behavior is paramount, and the club has a zero-tolerance policy towards harassment, ensuring a night of fun and freedom.

6. AIR Amsterdam

Overview: Nestled in the vibrant heart of Amsterdam's Rembrandtplein, AIR Amsterdam has carved out its niche as a hotspot for electronic dance music enthusiasts. With its stylish, futuristic interior and commitment to sustainability, AIR redefines the clubbing experience with a blend of high-tech ambiance and eco-consciousness.

What Makes It Unique: What sets AIR apart is its innovative approach to club design and guest comfort. The club boasts state-of-the-art sound systems and an impressive LED wall that creates an immersive visual experience. Its floor plan is thoughtfully designed to enhance the flow of movement, ensuring that whether you're in the main dance area or chilling in one of the lounge spaces, you're in for a night of unparalleled entertainment. AIR's commitment to sustainability is seen in its use of durable materials and efforts to minimize its ecological footprint, making it a pioneer in eco-friendly nightlife.

Practical Tips: Purchasing tickets in advance is highly recommended, as AIR hosts some of the most sought-after events in the city, featuring both local talents and international DJs. The club offers a unique electronic locker system, allowing guests to safely store their belongings and recharge their phones, so you're ready to capture the night's best moments or simply stay connected.

Navigating AIR Amsterdam

• Dress Code: AIR encourages a smart casual dress code, blending comfort with a touch of flair to match the club's modern aesthetic.
• VIP Experience: For those looking to elevate their night, AIR offers VIP tables with exclusive bottle service, providing a more intimate and luxurious clubbing experience.

7. Warehouse Elementenstraat

Overview: Tucked away in the industrial outskirts of Amsterdam, Warehouse Elementenstraat holds a storied place in the city's techno scene. This legendary venue, with its raw, unpolished aesthetic, channels the spirit of the underground raves of the 90s, offering a no-frills space where the music takes center stage.

What Makes It Unique: Warehouse Elementenstraat's authenticity lies in its simplicity and historical significance. The venue has retained its industrial charm, with high ceilings, concrete floors, and minimalistic lighting, creating an atmosphere that's all about the communal experience of music. It's a pilgrimage site for techno purists, renowned for hosting marathon sets from some of the genre's most respected figures.

Practical Tips: The club's location, while contributing to its underground vibe, means planning your visit is essential. Public transport options are limited late at night, so consider ride-sharing or biking. The venue is known for its long events, often running till dawn or later, so prepare for a marathon rather than a sprint. Comfortable attire is a must, as the focus here is purely on the music and dance.

Navigating Warehouse Elementenstraat

• Getting There: Check the latest transport schedules or arrange a ride. The journey is part of the adventure, leading you to one of Amsterdam's most authentic club experiences.
• Event Schedule: Keep an eye on the club's social media for event announcements and ticket releases. Warehouse Elementenstraat's events are high in demand and often sell out quickly.

8. RADION Amsterdam

Overview: Tucked in the evolving urban landscape of Amsterdam's Nieuw-West district, RADION Amsterdam is a beacon of cultural and electronic music innovation. This multi-purpose space, housed in a former dental clinic, has morphed into one of the city's most dynamic venues, offering a blend of club nights, art exhibitions, and community events.

What Makes It Unique: RADION's charm lies in its ability to seamlessly integrate the cutting-edge of electronic music with a broad spectrum of cultural activities. Its programming is as diverse as its audience, spanning underground techno parties, live performances, and even avant-garde art shows. The venue's commitment to cultural enrichment makes it more than just a club; it's a space where the arts converge in celebration.

Practical Tips: Due to its location away from the city center, planning your trip to RADION is advisable. Public transport does service the area, but check schedules as they can be less frequent at night. The club's atmosphere is welcoming and unpretentious, so feel free to dress comfortably. Keep an eye on their calendar for not-to-miss events that often feature local talent and international acts.

Navigating RADION Amsterdam

• Late Night Transport: Consider biking for a true Amsterdam experience, or use ride-sharing apps to navigate back after a night of dancing.
• Cultural Events: Take advantage of RADION's diverse programming by attending one of their daytime cultural events or art exhibitions, offering a different perspective on the venue's community role.

9. The Waterhole

Overview: In the heart of Amsterdam's bustling nightlife district, The Waterhole stands out as a live music bar offering a cozy, laid-back atmosphere that contrasts with the city's larger club venues. Known for its nightly live music, ranging from rock and pop to indie, The Waterhole is a haven for those looking to enjoy quality tunes in a more intimate setting.

What Makes It Unique: The Waterhole's dedication to live music sets it apart. With a stage that hosts bands and artists from around the world, it's a place where music lovers can gather, enjoy a drink, and maybe even discover their next favorite band. The venue's relaxed vibe is complemented by pool tables and a spacious outdoor terrace, perfect for summer nights.

Practical Tips: The Waterhole is conveniently located near Leidseplein, making it easily accessible by public transport or bike. It's a great spot to start or end your night, with music starting in the early evening and going until late. Entry fees are modest, and the bar offers a range of affordable drinks, making it a budget-friendly option for a night out.

Navigating The Waterhole

• Best Time to Visit: While live music is a staple every night, visiting on a weekday can offer a more laid-back experience, perfect for those looking to enjoy the music and maybe strike up a conversation with fellow music aficionados.
• Jam Sessions: Keep an eye out for their special jam session nights if you're an aspiring musician looking to play in front of an appreciative audience.

Overview: Perched on the 7th floor of the Volkshotel in Amsterdam's vibrant East, Canvas offers a unique clubbing experience with panoramic views of the city skyline. By day, it's a laid-back restaurant and café; by night, Canvas transforms into a pulsating venue where DJs spin eclectic sets ranging from house to disco and beyond.

What Makes It Unique: The allure of Canvas goes beyond its music; it's the breathtaking view that steals the show, offering a backdrop unlike any other in Amsterdam's nightlife. The venue's open and airy space, complete with a terrace for those warmer nights, invites clubbers to dance under the stars or simply enjoy a cocktail while taking in the city lights.

Practical Tips: Canvas tends to draw a mix of locals and visitors, creating a diverse and welcoming atmosphere. While entry is more relaxed than some of the exclusive clubs, it's wise to arrive early, especially on weekends, to avoid the queues and secure a spot on the terrace. Dress is casual but chic, fitting the venue's trendy yet unpretentious vibe.

Navigating Canvas

• Dining and Dancing: Make an evening of it by starting with dinner at the restaurant before transitioning to the dance floor as the night progresses. The menu offers a variety of options, catering to a wide range of tastes.
• Sunset Sessions: For a truly memorable experience, visit Canvas during sunset. The changing colors of the sky set against the Amsterdam skyline provide a magical start to the evening.

11. Bitterzoet

Overview: Bitterzoet, meaning "Bittersweet" in Dutch, is a cozy venue located near Amsterdam Central Station, known for its eclectic programming that spans genres from hip-hop and reggae to indie and electronic. This intimate space is both a bar and a club, hosting live bands during the early hours and transforming into a vibrant dance floor as the night wears on.

What Makes It Unique: Bitterzoet's intimate atmosphere is its biggest charm, offering music lovers a close-up experience with up-and-coming artists and DJs. The venue's decor, with its dim lighting and vintage furnishings, creates a warm and inviting space that feels like a well-kept secret among Amsterdam's nightlife spots.

Practical Tips: Due to its smaller size, Bitterzoet can fill up quickly, especially on nights with popular acts. Buying tickets in advance is recommended, and arriving early not only guarantees entry but also offers a chance to enjoy a drink and soak in the ambiance before the main event starts.

Navigating Bitterzoet

• Stay Updated: Follow Bitterzoet on social media to stay informed about upcoming shows and events. The venue often hosts special themed nights and album release parties, which can be a great opportunity to discover new music.
• After the Show: The area around Bitterzoet is bustling with late-night options. Whether you're in the mood for a quick bite or a post-concert drink, you'll find plenty of choices within walking distance.

12. Jack Amsterdam

Overview: A newcomer to Amsterdam's club scene, Jack Amsterdam is quickly making a name for itself among house and techno aficionados. Located in the Southeast of Amsterdam, Jack offers a space that is as inclusive as it is vibrant, with a sound system that caters to the true audiophile.

What Makes It Unique: Jack's mission is to create a clubbing experience that's not only about the music but also about celebrating diversity and fostering a sense of community. With a sound and lighting setup designed to mesmerize, and a programming philosophy that includes both local talent and international stars, Jack is a place where the boundaries of the night are pushed, and the dance floor becomes a melting pot of cultures and expressions.

Practical Tips: Given its slightly off-center location, planning your journey to Jack is essential. The club is accessible by public transport, but checking the schedule for late-night returns is a good idea. Jack's events often have themes that encourage creative expression, so dressing up can add to the fun and immersive experience.

Navigating Jack Amsterdam

• Community and Inclusivity: Jack prides itself on being an open and safe space for everyone. Respect for fellow clubbers is paramount, and the vibe is welcoming and friendly.
• After-Party Scene: For those not ready to end the night, Jack's after-parties are legendary, often running until the early morning hours. It's the perfect spot for night owls looking to dance until dawn.

Navigating Amsterdam's Nightlife: Tips and Etiquette

Amsterdam's nightlife is as diverse as its residents and visitors. Whether you're hopping between the historic venues of the city center or venturing into the industrial outskirts for an underground rave, there are a few universal tips to ensure a great night out:

• Transportation: Amsterdam's public transport system is reliable and extensive, but be aware of reduced services late at night. Biking is a popular option, but ensure your bike is well-lit and locked up securely.
• Safety: Amsterdam is generally safe, but like in any major city, it's wise to stay aware of your surroundings, especially late at night. Stick with friends, and don't be shy about reaching out to venue staff if you need assistance.
• Respect the Space: Many of Amsterdam's clubs are not just businesses but communities. Showing respect to the staff, fellow dancers, and the venue itself goes a long way in ensuring everyone has a good time.

12 Epic Things To Do In Sri Lanka

March 20, 2024

Sri Lanka is fast becoming one of the world's must-visit destinations, and this diverse tropical island has so much to offer for all varieties of traveller!

From iconic train rides, incredible wildlife and golden sandy beaches to mountainous regions with jaw-dropping views, there are so many epic things to do in Sri Lanka.  

That being said, with an almost endless list of activities to choose from it's not always easy creating an itinerary of things to do while visiting Sri Lanka - so we've done it for you!

Here are 12 of our favourite  things to do in Sri Lanka :

1. take the train from kandy to ella.

Hopping aboard the Kandy to Ella train, you're not just embarking on any trip; you're diving into one of the globe's hottest tickets in town for thrill-seekers and those eager to flood their Instagram with envy-inducing snaps.

Clocking in at 9 to 10 hours, this journey isn’t just about getting from A to B. It's a visual feast, serving up mist-kissed mountains, charming towns like Haputale and Nuwara Eliya, and tea plantations so lush, they practically sparkle under the kiss of sunlight.

Here's a pro tip to elevate your scenic game: snag a seat on the train's right side as you roll from Kandy to Nuwara Eliya, then switch it up to the left from there to Ella. Trust us, it’s the move for those picture-perfect views.

2. Visit the Demodara Nine Arches Bridge  

Nestled in one of Ella's most breathtaking spots, making a stop at the Nine Arches Bridge tops the list of must-dos in Sri Lanka. Beneath this architectural marvel lies a verdant tea plantation, offering a view where the brilliant blue sky peeks through the bridge's nine arches, earning it the nickname ‘The Bridge with Nine Skies’ among the locals.

Strategically positioned between Ella and Demodara Railway Stations, the bridge is a relic from the British colonial era, standing out for its all-brick and cement construction—a stark contrast to the metal-built bridges common during the period.

While exploring this iconic landmark, keep an eye out for the renowned Blue Train of Ella . It's a sight to behold, but a heads-up on the train schedule might save you from missing out on this moving spectacle.

3. Hike up Little Adam’s Peak  

If hiking sets your heart racing, then gear up for an unforgettable trek in Ella.

Scaling Little Adam’s Peak is an adventure that’s friendly for all ages, including kids. You’re looking at a breezy 1.5-hour journey, tops. For an unparalleled experience, kick off your hike just as dawn breaks. The early start rewards you with mesmerizing views of Ella Rock and the vast beauty beyond, a spectacle too majestic for mere words. Trust us, it’s a must-do for that summit high feeling!

For the trekking aficionados craving a steeper challenge, Ella Rock might just be your call to the wild. Embodying the essence of 'no pain, no gain,' the vistas from its peak are a testament to the effort required. The panoramas here are not just seen; they’re earned, offering a gratifying contrast to Little Adam’s Peak’s more accessible beauty.

READ NEXT: THE BEST TIME OF YEAR TO VISIT SRI LANKA

4. Hike to the top of Diyaluma Falls

For those with a thirst for adventure, Diyaluma Falls offers a thrilling escapade as Sri Lanka 's second tallest waterfall. Tailored for those with a moderate level of hiking experience , the ascent challenges adventurers with its height and slippery paths, adding an extra layer of excitement to the trek.

The journey to the summit can be conquered in roughly 2 hours, making it an ideal excursion from Ella. Consider hiring a local guide if you're unsure about navigating the trails or if safety concerns arise, ensuring a smoother experience at Diyaluma Falls.

Reaching the pinnacle rewards you with spectacular vistas and the chance to unwind in nature's own infinity pools, providing a serene spot to relax and rejuvenate after the hike.

5. Go whale watching in Mirissa

Heading to Sri Lanka's southern shores? Make sure to add a whale watching excursion in Mirissa to your itinerary.

This adventure offers the thrilling chance to catch sight of blue whales, sperm whales, Bryde's whales, and even playful bottlenose dolphins, ranking it high on our list of must-dos in Sri Lanka. These tours set sail in the cool early hours and prices start from around $70 each.

Whale enthusiasts should aim for December to April for the best sightings . However, if your travels don't align with these months, don't worry. Trincomalee offers a secondary whale watching window from July to October, ensuring you won't miss out on these majestic sea creatures.

6. Go on a safari at Yala National Park

Yala National Park ranks among the premier safari destinations in Sri Lanka.

While Udawalwe and Minneriya hold their own allure, Yala steals the spotlight for its claim to fame: boasting the world's highest density of wild leopards .

Embark on a daytime safari here, and you're met with an impressive 80% chance of laying eyes on these elusive felines. But Yala isn't just a leopard haven; it's also a haven for elephants, with herds often accompanied by adorable calves.

Beyond the big cats and gentle giants, the park teems with a vibrant array of wildlife. Keep your camera ready for sightings of peacocks strutting their stuff, water buffaloes cooling off, crocodiles lurking in the waters, sloth bears ambling through the foliage, and playful monkeys swinging from tree to tree, all under the watchful gaze of deer grazing in the distance.

7. Climb to the top of Pidurangala Rock

If you've done your research around a vacation in Sri Lanka then you'll have no doubt seen various Instagram photos showing travellers posing on a rock, with the Sigiriya Rock Fortress in the distance. This rock is known as Pidurangala Rock, and another must-do epic activity in Sri Lanka. Your social media will thank you!  

Pidurangala Rock also houses the Pidurangala Monastery, where you'll find various Buddha statues.

The hike is best started around an hour before sunrise. There is a well-laid path at the beginning, however the hike becomes increasingly difficult as it goes on, and near the end you'll have to use all four limbs to climb up certain paths.

8. Visit the Sigiriya Rock Fortress  

Sigiriya Rock Fortress, often referred to as the eighth wonder of the world is a 200, high rock formation in the Dambulla area of Sri Lanka.  

The fortress was built by King Kashyapa and was made to depict a giant lion-like figure. Unfortunately, today only the paws of the lion are visible as the head has broken down over time.

During the hike to the top you'll pass beautiful gardens, the lion gate, Sigiriya frescoes (believed to be drawings of women in King Kashyapa’s harem), and the mirror wall with its ancient scribblings.

The view from the top is best during sunset, so our suggestion is to pair this with your morning hike up Pidurangala. By the time you get to the summit of Sigiriya , you shouldn't be too far from the evening hours and arguable the most beautiful sunset you'll ever see.

9. Swim with sea turtles at Polhena Beach  

Polhena Beach is located just 10 km away from Mirissa Main Beach, and if you're a wildlife enthusiast then swimming with massive sea turtles here is one of the most incredible things to do in Sri Lanka.

Polhena is one of the nicest beaches in Sri Lanka, particularly for swimmers as the water is very calm, which makes it an ideal natural habitat for these ancient sea creatures.

The best time to visit Polhena Beach is in the morning hours, and please remember to respect the turtles and not get too close despite how exciting the experience is.

10. Go snorkeling at Pigeon Island National Park

Pigeon Island National Park is located on the eastern coast of Sri Lanka, around 1 km away from the coast of Nilaveli Beach. It is home to a large number of colourful coral species and more than 200 types of exotic fish.  

The best time to visit Pigeon Island National Park is in the early morning or late afternoon, and here you'll also be able to swim with sea turtles - most notably Green Turtles and Hawksbill Turtles.

As if the turtles and coral wasn't enough, one of the national park's main attractions is its Blacktip Reef Sharks. Swimming with these small and non-aggressive sharks makes for an incredible experience, if you're brave enough!

11. Do some surfing at Arugam Bay

Arugam Bay , located on Sri Lanka's east coast is known as the country's surf mecca.  

It is one of the 10 most-visited surf destinations in the world, with more popularity among experienced surfers. For them, the Pottuvil Point, Main/Okanda Point, and the Panama Point are ideal spots.

Recently it has started gaining the attention of beginner and intermediate surfers as well, with Baby Point and Elephant Rock being more suitable surf spots for those still working on their skills.

The best time to surf at Argugam Bay is June through September, when the waves range between 6-8ft at Main Point.

12. Enjoy a sunset at the Dalawella Beach

Dalawella Beach is situated near Unawatuna Beach on the southern coast of Sri Lanka . It is a popular spot among tourists who come down to enjoy a few beverages from Dream Cabana, while watching a picturesque sunset.

The best time to visit the beach is late afternoon, and be sure to checkout the palm rope swing. Dream Cabana do charge around $2.50 for a turn on the swing, but it is well worth-it for the social media cred!

Sri Lanka might be a small island country, but it is one of the most diverse destinations on earth where there is no shortage of things to do. There truly is something for every kind of traveller!

Privacy Preference Center

Privacy preferences.

New Zealand Northland Road Trip Itinerary

Northland New Zealand is an area of green rolling hills, farmlands and great forests. Surrounded almost entirely by water and snaked by rivers and inlets, you’ll find beautiful beaches perfect for swimming and strolling, islands with crystal clear water that could rival the Pacific Islands and rivers and inlets perfect for boating and fishing.

Because of its close proximity just north of Auckland, Northland is very accessible and should be included in your North Island New Zealand road trip.

This Northland road trip takes you on a round trip from Auckland and covers all the things to do in Northland including all those incredible beaches, forests and islands I mentioned above.

While I do map out five days for this Northland road trip itinerary below, you could adapt my suggestions for less days by skipping a stop or spending less time at a stop, or add more days by adding extra time in some of the places mentioned or heading further north to Cape Reinga.

Where is Northland Located

Looking at a map of New Zealand’s North Island, Northland is the long narrow peninsula that juts out northwest of Auckland.

It is an often forgotten region with most people arriving in Auckland to explore New Zealand head south to the more recognised regions of the North and South Islands. But I’m here to tell you that you simply must head north and discover New Zealand’s Northland, an area that blew me away visually.

Best Time to Visit Northland New Zealand

Known as ‘The Winterless North’, it’s sub-tropical climate means warm humid summers and mild wet winters. It has the country’s highest average annual temperature ranging from 22ºc to 30ºc in summer with minimums averaging 14ºc in winter.

Northland is certainly much warmer than the rest of the country and it’s for this reason that it is a very popular summer holiday destination for New Zealanders.

Summer in Northland can be quiet busy so if you would like to visit without the crowds, try outside of the December/January holidays and you will find it a little quieter.

And because of the relatively milder winters, you could really visit Northland at any time of the year and find plenty to see and do. Hikes through the forest are especially nice on a cooler day.

Car Hire in Auckland

Due to the fact that New Zealand is an island, most people visiting Auckland will need to hire a car when they arrive to help with getting around.

For all my car hire bookings I use and recommend  Hertz . I’ve found they offer the most comparable prices, let you search and compare multiple vehicle types and they have a great customer service team who can help if you come into any unexpected troubles.

Northland Road Trip Itinerary

Day 1 – Auckland to Bay of Islands

Start out early to give yourself plenty of time to get to the beautiful Bay of Islands. While the drive itself only takes around three hours, there are some beautiful beaches and towns along the way that are worth your time to stop, take a walk and enjoy the scenery.

Once you get over Auckland’s Harbour Bridge you are in the city’s North Shore area. While this technically isn’t part of Northland, you can’t drive through without making a few stops.

If you haven’t already visited Devonport during your stay in Auckland then its just a quick 20 minutes detour off route to do so. While you are there make sure you head up to North Head Historical Reserve for views back to Auckland, wander through the local artisan shops and take a stroll along the fig tree lined waterfront.

Jump back on the highway north until you reach the sleepy little coastal town of Orewa about 30 minutes from Auckland CBD. The highlight here is the long sandy beach. Get out, take a stroll and maybe stop by one of the bakeries on the main street for a morning tea treat and a coffee.

Don’t get back on the highway just yet. Take the coast road that leads north from the beach at Orewa until you get to the teeny tiny spa town of Waiwera.

Waiwere in Maori means “hot water” and that’s exactly what you will find in this picturesque little place. At Waiwera Thermal Resort you can take a dip in about a dozen different thermal pools ranging from a comfortable 30ºc to a very steamy 40ºc.

Also make sure you check out the beach right at the end of the town while you are there.

Head back to the highway feeling relaxed after your spa, take the road as it leads you away from the coast to the centre of the peninsula towards the town of Wellsford. Once you pass Wellsford you’re officially in Northland!

The scenery really starts to get pretty amazing from here as you continue north with a few lookout points to stop at along the way for great photo opportunities.

It’s back towards the coast and Bream Bay before reaching Northland’s biggest town Whangarei. While it really is just a big town, it is situated on the Whangarei Harbour so there are parts worth exploring around the harbour’s edge.

This is also the perfect place to stop for lunch. Head to The Town Basin at the marina on the river where you will find a bunch of alfresco cafes and restaurants, local artisan stores and a nice small marina and parklands.

Once you’ve refueled, make your way north through the town to Whangarei Falls. Located in a pretty little reserve where you can take a walk on one of the trails or just park the car near the falls and enjoy the view.

Back on the highway you will make your final drive on this leg of the journey to the Bay of Islands. The scenery continues to get better and better.

Then just as you think it can’t get any better, you take the turn off to Paihia and wind your way through lush rainforest with glimpses of the famous bay on your right from time to time.

Where to Stay in the Bay of Islands

The best place to base yourself in the Bay of Islands is Paihia. This lively little town located directly on the bay is the perfect jumping off point for exploring the region.

Here are three accommodation options to suit all budgets that I recommend you check out. All are centrally located, highly rated and come with excellent facilities.

Budget – Haka Lodge Bay of Islands

Mid-Range – Sea Spray Suites

Luxury – Blue Pacific Apartments

Day 2 & 3 – Bay of Islands

There is lots to see and do in the Bay of Islands. I’ve written all about it recently in my Things to Do in The Bay of Islands   post. But here is a quick overview of what you must see and do during your two days.

Take a cruise – There are a few different cruise companies that all offer similar tours out into the bay. Most of them include viewing, and sometimes going through, The Hole in the Rock, a stop at Ukupukapuka Island and the chance to see dolphins. It’s the perfect way to experience the bays beauty. Lots of tours options are below.

• Hole in the Rock Dolphin Cruise
• Discovery Cruise with Island Stop-Over
• Small Group Afternoon Cruise & Island Tour
• 30 Minute Jet Boat Ride
• Island Hopper Sailing Day Cruise
• 1.5 Hour Fast Boat to Hole in the Rock
• Late Afternoon Tall Ship Sailing Cruise
• 2 Hour Sundowner Sailing Cruise (small boat)

Visit Russell – This very pretty small town is located across the bay from Paihia and is home to a lovely little pebble beach, cute little shops, and great restaurants and cafes. I highly recommend getting a table on the front deck of Duke of Marlborough and enjoying the afternoon sunshine with a drink.

The Waitangi Treaty Grounds – One of the most important cultural sights in New Zealand, it is here that in 1840, the signing of the Treaty of Waitangi occurred between Moari people and the Europeans. Today you can take a very interesting tour guided by descendants of those who were a part of the signing and hear all about the stories that have been passed from generation to generation. Finish your visit by checking out the Meeting House and watching the very captivating cultural performance. Book your Waitangi Treaty Grounds tour here .

Haruru Falls – Visit these impressing thundering falls by car or hire a kayak from the Waitangi bridge and kayak there or take the walk from the Treat Grounds carpark through the boardwalked mangroves.

Suggested Detour

From the Bay of Islands you can also continue north to Cape Reinga, the most northerly point of New Zealand. While I haven’t been there, I have been told it is spectacular and I would love to do this myself one day. If you decide to add this to your trip, I suggest allowing yourself another 1-2 days to really see it properly.

Day 4 – Bay of Islands to Waipoua Forest

Another early start today. This time it’s to get to Waipoua Forest with plenty of time to take it all in. Take State Highway 1 out of Paihia until you get to the turn off for State Highway 12 at the tiny town of Ohaewai.

The drive from Paihia to Opononi on the Hokianga Harbour will take you a little over an hour and is mostly country roads, switching between farmlands and mountains from time to time.

The scenery along the fringe of the harbour is nothing short of spectacular while the towns themselves are the total opposite.

Take a walk out on the Opononi pier where you will find locals fishing and then drive up to the Arai-Te-Uru Recreation Reserve.

The 20 minute return walk takes you through the low scrub out to the point overlooking Hokianga Harbour, out in the ocean and over to the spectacular sand dunes on the other side of the harbour.

From here it’s just 10 minutes drive to the start of Waipoua Forest , home to some of the biggest and oldest Kauri trees still in existence.

Waipoua Forest combined with Mataraua and Waima Forests, make up the largest remaining native forest in Northland with much of the other forested areas of the region being lost to forest clearing for the precious kauri timber. Luckily these three forests are now protected under the Department of Conservation so they are able to be enjoyed by visitors.

The highway winds through the forest making for a very impressive drive.

Make sure you check out some of the biggest and oldest kauri’s in Tane Mahuta and Te Matua Ngahere. You can’t miss the signposts and carparks along the way, directing you to the best viewing spots and walking trails.

Each carpark has detailed maps of the walking trails through the forest, some boardwalked while others on dirt, sometimes muddy tracks. Make sure you’re wearing comfy walking shoes.

Spend the rest of the day enjoying the walks and kauri trees in the park before heading to your accommodation for the evening.

Where to Stay in Waipoua Forest

There isn’t a huge amount of choice on places to stay in the Waipoua Forest. You may find private properties for rent or you can stay at the Waipoua Forest Campground & Accommodation . They offer both camping facilites and cabins located on the south side of the forest on the river and completely surrounded by wilderness.

Other accommodation options are available in Hokianga Harbour and Dargaville 30 minutes north and south of the forest.

Day 5 – Waipoua Forest to Auckland

If you haven’t had enough of the forest yet then spend the morning in the forest before heading south back to Auckland. The drive takes about three hours if you don’t make any stops along the way.

But, there are a few nice things to see along the way. The drive south to Dargaville is winding through the mountains with the occasional glimpse of the ocean on your right.

There isn’t much to see in Dargaville itself but the river is pretty impressive so make sure you check that out as you drive through.

Just south of Dargaville is the Kaipara Harbour with inlets running off it into the centre of the peninsula. The road skirts around the inlets offering some spectacular views from the lookouts along the way.

Once you get back to Wellsford the road forks left and right. Left will take you back on the original road you drove on day one and right takes you on a more scenic route along more inlets and down to Helensville.

I recommend you go right and make the most of this beautiful region.

Helensville is a nice little town that is perfect for a lunch or afternoon tea stop before making your final journey back to Auckland.

On your way back into Auckland you can take the turn off for the Waitakere Ranges. This would make a great addition to this itinerary with a night or two spent in the area enjoying the hiking trails and beautiful scenery.

Where to Stay in Auckland

Before and/or after your Northland road trip you may need somewhere to stay in Auckland.

Budget – Haka Lodge Auckland

Mid-Range – Mercure Auckland Queen Street

Luxury – Hotel DeBrett

Over to you!

Have you visited New Zealand’s Northland region or would you like to someday? Have I missed anything that people travelling this route shouldn’t miss?

Let me know using the comments section below or join me on social media to start a conversation.

Thanks for reading and I hope you enjoyed this post.

Join my email list and get a FREE copy of my TRAVEL PLANNING TEMPLATE

My Travel Planning Template will make your travel planning simple & stress-free!

39 thoughts on “New Zealand Northland Road Trip Itinerary”

This is the on bit of the North Island I missed out on visiting and boy I regret it! I am going to have to make it out there sometime for sure, it is such a beautiful area.

It is really beautiful and although I haven’t seen much more of the north island, I imagine it compares well. I hope you get to visit soon.

Great itinerary. I would also recommend visiting the Tutukaka Coast and Whangarei Heads – absolutely gorgeous beaches and great diving at the Poor Knights Islands. I went to Cape Reinga for the first time this past summer and it blew me away – so rugged and beautiful.

Great tips, thanks Katie. I’d love to get up to Cape Reinga one day.

What a great little road trip! I love all your shots of the beaches – those definitely look like my kind of place. I’ve never been to NZ but have heard that it’s absolutely incredible.

Thanks Jessica. I never expected beautiful beaches in NZ. I hope you get over there soon, it really is incredible!

Looks like a good tip for a road trip. Hope to make it there in the future. I would feel in love in NZ nature in no time, I think.

It’s really not hard to fall for NZ and its scenery Zof. I have no doubt you will love it. Hope you get over there soon!

New Zealand is way up there on my travel priority list, but I always thought I’d want to focus my time on the south island. Your post has me thinking I’d need to do both! Such a beautiful country!

Well I haven’t done the south yet (later this year) but I have heard it is even more spectacular than the north. I think its a country that you need to explore ever corner because it is so awesome.

Have not visited this part of New Zealand yet -looks really beautiful!

It really is Matilda!

Wow! This both looks and sounds like a gorgeous and amazing trip. It is so beautiful, like an outdoor paradise. It is nice to see/hear about this side of New Zealand, as you typically hear most about the cities and/or LOTR set areas. Not that those places wouldn’t be great also! 😉 -Alexandra

Simply Alexandra: My Favorite Things

Thanks Alexandra. It is absolutely an outdoor paradise. I’m really looking forward to doing the South Island this year. I hope you get to visiting NZ soon!

Wow! A very detailed post! I love how you included to google maps. New Zealand is abolutely stunning! It has the most amazing scenery.

Thanks Constance. Informative is what I was going for so I’m glad you noticed. It really is an amazing place.

great photos thanks for sharing the maps sometimes its hard to know where all the places mentioned are and your maps made it easy to locate

Thanks Lorrie! I agree, it’s not always easy when certain map sites are not always accurate.

Wow — New Zealand has always been on my bucket list. I definitely want to do a road trip like this and take my time to see things. I mean, the Whangarei Falls took my breath away. That picture is beautiful! I never really see people explore the northern part of New Zealand so this was a nice treat.

Thank you Muriel. It’s such an amazing part of the world. While I haven’t seen much else of the country yet, I imaging it will be just as goo if not better.

You had me at 14 degrees in Winter! The rest is just a great bonus! Haha just kidding (although the warm winter might be nice compared to my Canadian ones! The Bay of islands looks stunning- the water is so blue!

Hahaha. The pics don’t even do the water colour justice. Bluest water I have seen to date but I suspect my trip to Canada next year might change that.

Fabulous photos!! I want to do this exact road trip through New Zealand, it all looks SO gorgeous! Especially that waterfall.

Thanks Samantha. It was the perfect road trip. I hope you get there soon to experience it for yourself.

I am awfully jealous:) of this experience of yours. We spent a month in New Zealand, but we had to skip this part due to the bad weather. When we arrived in Auckland it was raining all day and the forecast was not better either, so we headed directly to the south! I hope we can visit this part one day and your post will be precious for us then!

The weather can be very uncooperative at times in NZ. It’s unfortunate the weather was bad for you but it gives you an excuse to go back!

Great tips on how to plan the road trip. I love your maps, they really give an idea of distances, normally I just kind of guess. The pics are stunning, I visited the North island very briefly but now I want to go back!

Thanks Margherita! I’m a bit of a map nerd and would still much prefer to use an old fashioned map over the electronic navigation. I hope you get back to the north island soon!

I’d love to go to New Zealand one day and do a road trip! It’s such a beautiful place!!

Hope you get over there soon!

Whangarei Falls is pretty stunning. I loved the bay of islands when I visited. The weather was not really the best for sailing but we did it anyway. This whole article makes me want to grab a flight, hire a car and get away somewherebeautiful

I’m glad to hear that this post makes you want to get out there and see something beautiful Rebecca.

Normally I do not read post on blogs, however I would like to say that this write-up very forced me to take a look at and do so! Your writing style has been surprised me. Thank you, quite nice post.

Thanks so much!

Hey Jen your photos are gorgeous! You have great tips on how to plan a cool road trip 🙂

best wishes, Wayne

Thanks Wayne

Never enough time … but you stopped too early . Northland , just gets better the further North you go above Bay of Islands . And water gets warmer ( warmest Feb/ March) . Check out the Coast Kerikeri headlands , Taupo Bay just voted one top beaches in NZ , Mangonui , ninety mile beach . Would be like saying California stops at San Francisco and ignoring North Coast .

Another trip in order ! Cheers !

There is never enough time to fit everything into every trip unfortunately. Sometimes you have to be realistic.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

• [email protected]
• Auckland, New Zealand

• Itineraries
• Short breaks
• Waitangi & Bay of Islands Region
• Far North & Northland Region
• Auckland & Auckland Region
• Thames & Coromandel Peninsula Region
• Hamilton & Waikato Region
• Tauranga & Bay of Plenty Region
• Napier & Hawkes Bay Region
• New Plymouth & Taranaki Region
• Wellington & Wairarapa Region
• Blenheim & Marlborough Region
• Nelson & Nelson Region
• Greymouth & West Coast Region
• Christchurch & Canterbury Region
• Dunedin & Otago Region
• Queenstown & Arrowtown
• The Catlins Region
• Invercargill & Southland Region
• Stewart Island
• National Parks
• Maori Culture
• Conservation
• Walks & Hikes
• Gardens & Parks
• Odd & Unusual
• Heritage & Art
• Plan Your Trip
• Travel Guides
• Best Time to Visit
• Travel deals

Top 10 New Zealand Road Trips, Places to Visit

Southland, New Zealand

Check out Epic Kiwi Road Trips

New Zealand journeys between 14 -21 days is at your fingertips. Lifetime memories in the making as you hit New Zealand roads. Every NZ itinerary has a detailed daily route with key attractions as well as information about the best time of the year to go. There are tips about connecting routes as well as recommended starting points for each itinerary. Cruise into Wanaka, South Island and find #thatWanakatree or join up with a great New Zealand holiday package. Tour NZ your way, just do it.

Road trippers have the option of expanding their trip as they link up several trip plans. New Zealand trips from 14 days to 21 days.

Rent a vehicle and follow the road (with nzjane’s tips on getting around, what to see and best time to go).

TWIN COAST HIGHWAY – NORTHLAND NZ

Explore the top of New Zealand taking a circuit around the east and west coast. Must-go destinations include Waitangi a premier attraction detailing the story of Maori and the relationship with the Crown (government), Kororareka Russell , former hell hole of the Pacific now a delightful historic settlement with throngs of visitors, scenic beaches and hot pools and fascinating settlements rich in the history of Aotearoa New Zealand. Heritage with a dollop of scenery and delicious sub-tropical foodie treats from farmers markets is a recipe for a perfect holiday experience in Northland, New Zealand… read more Twin Coast Discovery Road Trip Northland & Bay of Islands – Best Bits .

The best time to drive Twin Coast Highway, NZ is November to March. In winter the temperature is likely to not fall below 12c. Some attractions will have limited hours. Book beforehand in peak summer season. In the shoulder season and winter take advantage of travel deals.

THERMAL EXPLORER HIGHWAY – CENTRAL NORTH ISLAND, NZ

A superb link with the TWIN COAST HIGHWAY (NORTHLAND ) tour as you’ve had a dose of heritage and scenery now it’s about volcanic activity, geothermal mineral spa pools and the wonder of the earth’s core on full display. And, as a bonus road trippers can take time to explore Hobbiton and Waitomo Caves , both top billing New Zealand attractions. Scenery from rolling pastoral farmland dotted with grazing sheep and cows in Cambridge , pockets of native forest and New Zealand’s largest lake, Lake Taupo. Lake Taupo is beautiful with the central plateau mountains adding a gorgeous backdrop to an adventure playground on the water, in the water and by the lake water. A flourish to the trip is Rotorua where volcanic activity is dramatic with boiling mud pools, fountaining geysers of superheated water and brightly coloured mineralised rock landscapes… read more Central North Island road trip, geothermal explorer: Best Bits .

The best time to drive the (Geo)thermal highway is year round. Major attractions are open year round. Soak in a warm pool year round.  Book beforehand in peak season is November to March. In the shoulder season and winter take advantage of travel deals.

TIP Tongairo National Park and Tongariro Alpine Crossing is a #NZmustdo for many visitors. Not sure check out other shorter walks in the vicinity of the Tongariro National Park …

Walk with the kids, friends and family exploring the central volcanic plateau of the North Island, NZ Turangi walking trails for families Tongariro River Trails 6 Taupo family friendly outdoors places to visit ,

Check out handy guides for safer driving in New Zealand

Tips to Handle Long Distance Driving

Journey Planner for Overseas Visitors - FAQ

NZ is a great place to self-drive as road signs are clearly marked, often very few roads to a place making it difficult to get lost, google maps works everywhere in New Zealand. For peace of mind combine both self-drive and guided tours (day trips) from hub destinations.

PACIFIC COAST HIGHWAY – AROUND THE EAST COAST FROM COROMANDEL TO NAPIER, NZ

The quintessential summer road trip around the bays and towns of the North Island, NZ east coast. Beaches with personality such as Hot Water Beach or Cathedral Cove. Dip into the kiwi summer spirit and enjoy the beach vibe, farmers markets, pop up galleries, music gigs, and Bay of Plenty Mt Maunganui beach entertainment… Pacific Coast Highway where to go and what to see .

The best time to drive Pacific Coast Highway is between December to May. Catch the summer breeze and the February Napier art deco festival. Check out the towns of Coromandel town, Whangamata, Kerikieri, Waihi Beach for summer events.

The Pacific Coast NZ route can connect with a journey from Napier to Taupo . Taupo is popular visitor destination. From Napier continue south on Wellington to Napier road trip – Best Bits . This is a road trip easily cut into four sections see Pacific Coast Highway where to go and what to see for details.

A good place to start a NZ road trip is Auckland. Auckland is a hub for the Twin Coast Highway, Pacific Coast Highway, Thermal Explorer and easily connects to Surf Highway. It is an ideal place to join guided day tours around the upper and central North Island.

Christchurch is a good hub for South Island, NZ road trips as the centrally located major city connects to Alpine Pacific Triangle, Great West Coast and easily connects to Inland Scenic Route, Southern Scenic Route via Dunedin, another wildlife hotspot.

SURF HIGHWAY 45 TARANAKI – EXPLORER WILD WEST COAST BEACHES

Get off the main tourist routes and explore Taranaki. Discover the amazing architectural gem Len Lye building, art galleries and shops in New Plymouth. Walk in outstanding gardens and parks while considering investing in your first surf school lesson. Australians and New Zealanders’ beach culture is alive and well from Raglan to New Plymouth and beyond. Find out for yourself on this very special road trip… Surf Highway 45: Taranaki things to do – Best Bits .

The best time to drive the Surf Highway, Taranaki is summer. In winter the intrepid surfer, in winter weight wetsuits, is still on their board. However the summer festival season from Festival of Lights, Taranaki Gardens to surf beach events are treats in store for summer travellers.

Surf Highway, Taranaki is easily connected to the Forgotten Highway journey. Connect in Stratford and finish in Taumarunui with 123 km onwards to Taupo. Taupo to Rotorua is an additional 79 km.

FORGOTTEN WORLD HIGHWAY STATE HIGHWAY 45 FROM TAUMARUNUI TO STRATFORD (OR REVERSE)

Discover narrow hand cut tunnels to drive through (motorhomes will just fit), gravel roads with pristine lush temperate forest on either side. A place with abandoned coal mining towns and forgotten bridges to nowhere. A place of stunning beauty and definitely a road less travelled. The journey easily connects to New Plymouth and the attractions in Taranaki… Forgotten highway weekend .

The best time to drive the Forgotten Highway is between late November to mid March, NZ’s summer season. The gravel road is narrow and winding and not recommended in winter.

GREAT WEST COAST – FROM TOP OF THE SOUTH ISLAND TO FIORDLAND

Route 66, USA eat your heart out, here’s a route with attitude. State Highway 6, rugged, hidden corners and a journey through the soul of scenic Aotearoa New Zealand.

Country blues, folk music, empty roads and drop dead gorgeous scenery. This is not a detour or byway, rather a major aerial route into the beautiful remote West Coast of the South Island. The Great West Coast Road runs between Murchison, Westport and Greymouth has been named one of the Top 10 Coastal Drives in the world according to Lonely Planet. The road hugs river gorges and skirts the coast and the hills as it wends its way south… read more about one of  nzjane’s favourite road trips Great West Coast road trip, route 6 – Best Bits introduction.

NZ’s Great West Coast Road Trip connections are Southern Scenic Road trip, a magical journey encountering New Zealand’s wildlife from penguins to seals. The road trip flows easily towards Fiordland and the tourist hot spot of Queenstown and Arrowtown. This is a road trip easily cut into sections, see Great West Coast road trip, route 6 – Best Bits for details.

INLAND SCENIC ROUTE 72 EXPLORE CENTRAL OTAGO, SCENERY, GOLD MINING TRAILS

Discover who turned up and named places and the legacy left behind. There are railway bridges, lonely cemeteries and railways now reimagined as cycle trails. Find the people who now call the places home. From artists creating magic in the folded hills of Otago to active adventurers who challenge visitors to experience the new. Eat, drink and savour the taste of Otago. Single origin family owned vineyards where passionate wine makers create pinot noir magic. Sample delicious pub food and bakeries along the way. Soak up the landscapes from the high country tussock of Maniototo to lush green pastures as you reach Dunedin. Linger in forgotten Victorian era gold mining towns. .. read more Inland Otago road trip guide where to go and what to see – Best Bits .

The best time to travel inland central Otago on route 72 is mid spring (November) to mid March (early autumn). The route can be travelled in winter with spectacular views of snow however be prepared for road closures due to ice and snow.

Inland Scenic route 72, Southern Scenic route and exploration of Queenstown and Arrowtown can easily use DUNEDIN as a southern hub . Dunedin is an authentic university town with roots reaching back to the nineteenth century gold fields.

SOUTHERN SCENIC ROUTE WILDLIFE BONANZA SAFARI

Arguably the best road trip in NZ. Scenery outstanding, wildlife bonanza with large impressive sea lions and majestic seabirds, the Northern Albatross as wildlife stars, fascinating history of cold mines, timber clearances and traditional fishing practices and waterfalls to satisfy any waterfall seeking fans. Beaches where the footprints could only be yours and communities where you are a valued guest.

The Catlins is the region between Balclutha and Invercargill / Bluff.  The climate could be off putting for some visitors with its changeable weather. The day could be a mild summer day folded into a cool mist the next. Who wants cocktails on a balmy beach when visitors have massive sea lions to gawp at.  Pack your swimmers (togs) and a good raincoat.  Take your time to linger and savour southern hospitality. Distances are not far and enjoy a leisurely wander through the southernmost part of New Zealand… read more Southern Scenic Road Trip Guide Dunedin to Queenstown – Best Bits .

Southern Scenic route NZ easily connects with visitor hot spots Queenstown and Arrowtown. You can easily use DUNEDIN as a southern hub . Dunedin is an authentic university town with roots reaching back to the nineteenth century gold fields.

The best time to travel the Southern Scenic Route is year round. Check your bucket list, be it wildlife arrivals, new pups or chicks (seals / sea lions / marine seabirds) or the fury of the Southern ocean in winter pounding the coast at Nugget Point Lighthouse. A journey into the wilderness of New Zealand with a touch of comfort along the way.

The main artery is sealed throughout the journey, side roads to beaches where wildlife roam could be gravel as right of way is managed by private landholders. The itinerary clearly flags whether the stop to view wildlife and/or scenery is gravel.

New Zealand road trips can be one or two days or several weeks, each trip can be cut into day trips creating your own personal itinerary.

SOUTHERN SCENIC ROUTE – WESTERN EXTENSION INVERCARGILL TO QUEENSTOWN

The journey trails the eastern boundary of the Fiordland National Park and the raw beauty of the  south coast. The scenery is an excellent introduction to the Te Wahipounamu World Heritage Area. Your journey is arguably one of the world’s beautiful road trips. The sheer variety of scenery from coastal towns, lowland forest, heritage sites and sub-alpine scenery wrapped around lakes where bush and waterfalls vie for attention is breathtaking.

For hiking and walking enthusiasts discover the Hump Ridge Track, a spectacular 3-day hike from the ocean to the mountains via native forest and old viaducts… read more Southern Scenic Road Trip: Invercargill to Fiordland National Park – Best Bits .

UPPER SOUTH ISLAND ROAD TRIP ー YOUR GREAT ADVENTURE THAT BEGINS AND FINISHES IN NELSON

Explore the top of the South Island from west to east coast with lots of fascinating stops in between. Your must-visit destinations are the sunshine capital of NZ ー Nelson, Spooners Range tunnel, Murchison, Reefton, and many more. This itinerary has everything – the legacy of 19th century gold mining towns, wine and foodie trails, sandy beaches, warm natural pools and waterfalls, wild river rafting in Murchison, and, of course, the spooky vibe of ghost towns. So start your engine and witness the beauty of every stop on the Upper South Island Loop Trip .

BEST BITS TRAVEL GUIDE

Best Bits travel guide is published by  nzjane.com . Owned and managed by PacificJane Ltd.

Related articles.

Private: Twin Coast Discovery Road Trip Northland & Bay of Islands

Central North Island Geothermal explorer

Pacific Coast Highway where to go and what to see

Surf Highway 45: Taranaki Things to Do on West Coast Road Trip

Forgotten highway weekend

Great West Coast road trip, route 6

Inland Otago road trip guide where to go and what to see

Southern Scenic Road Trip Guide Dunedin to Queenstown

Southern Scenic Road Trip: Invercargill to Fiordland National Park

Upper South Island Road Trip

Your information is secure, no third party involved. 100% Safe, secure, privacy guaranteed. Privacy Policy .

Submit Enquiry

• Join 34500 travellers receiving savings
• Priority access to upcoming deals

Your enquiry has been successfully sent. We will contact your shortly.

You will get your insider discount checklist shortly.

The best road trip movies of all time

Posted: February 12, 2024 | Last updated: February 12, 2024

Few things are better than a classic road trip. Sun shining, music blaring, wind in your hair, and some good friends. But since road trips aren’t exactly a thing you can schedule every day, sometimes you have to make do with watching other people go on their own epic journeys. For that, we have 20 of the best road trip movies of all time.

Nomadland (2020)

Any movie that wins three Oscars , including Best Picture and Best Director, is sure to make its way to the top of any best-of list, and that’s exactly the case here. Frances McDormand shows that even two decades after also starring in Almost Famous , she can still make one hell of a road trip movie in this story about packing up your essentials and roaming the country in search of purpose.

Road Trip (2000)

With a title that says all we need to know, Road Trip is a who’s who of stars from the teen sex comedy genre that dominated the early 2000s. The film is raunchy and hilarious, capturing that youthful energy of adventuring with your friends and having everything spiral out of control. Released in 2000, the movie feels like a send-off to the ‘90s, full of countless references and cast members that were part of iconic ‘90s productions ranging from American Pie to Rent .

The Blues Brothers (1980)

Considered by many to be the greatest Saturday Night Live spinoff film of all time, The Blues Brothers stars John Belushi and Dan Aykroyd road-tripping around the state looking to get their old band back together. The movie was a box-office and cult hit, eventually spawning a sequel that unfortunately failed to live up to the high bar set by the brothers.

Y Tu Mamá También (2001)

Travelling to a secluded beach on the Mexican coast may not sound like the most exciting destination, but it’s times like that where it’s important to remember the journey is always more important. A story of two teenage boys travelling with a woman in her late twenties, the film depicts jealousy and self-discovery against the backdrop of Mexico’s political turmoil. The movie was so popular, it set the record for the highest box-office opening in Mexican cinema history .

Thelma & Louise (1991)

Seen as one of the greatest feminist films of all time , Thelma & Louise is also just one of the greatest films of all time, road trip or otherwise. It portrays two best friends adventuring on the road together and quickly spiralling into crime and running from the police. The controversial film became instantly beloved by audiences everywhere, earning six Oscar nominations and winning Best Original Screenplay . In 2016, it was added to the Library of Congress’s National Film Registry for its cultural significance.

Easy Rider (1969)

If you’ve ever seen a movie or show where Steppenwolf’s “Born to Be Wild” blasts as people drive off , you have Easy Rider to thank for that seminal moment. The movie was iconic for its portrayal of rising counterculture movements such as hippie culture, anti-war protests, and recreational drug use. It’s a fun movie about venturing off to New Orleans and leaving social tension behind.

Dumb and Dumber (1994)

Widely considered to be one of the greatest comedies of all time , Dumb and Dumber showcases a journey from Rhode Island to Colorado that is full of as many shenanigans as one could possibly pack into 107 minutes. The movie’s popularity has led to two sequels and even an animated television show, as people couldn’t get enough of watching these two goofballs have fun on the road together.

Death Proof (2007)

A road trip movie-turned-brutal slasher flick is about as Quentin Tarantino as anything can get, which is what makes it the perfect twist on the genre. Released in North America as Grindhouse , a double feature alongside Robert Rodriguez’s Planet Terror , the movie was a box-office failure that taught Tarantino a few lessons . Nevertheless, the movie has since become a cult hit, for viewers who discovered it without having to sit through a second movie.

Inside Llewyn Davis (2013)

Travelling from New York City to Chicago and back may not sound like the most thrilling road trip, but the Coen Brothers are capable of turning nothing into something enthralling. In classic Coen fashion , this is a movie that twists the road trip trend, instead offering a look at a down-on-his-luck folk singer trying to make ends meet rather than the hijinks and hilarity the genre usually offers.

Into the Wild (2007)

Who hasn’t found themselves disenchanted with society and debated giving away all their possessions to hitchhike across the country and live in the wilderness? Fortunately, that’s exactly the journey that Into the Wild portrays, telling the biographical story of Christopher McCandless , who met all sorts of people on his journey out to live in the Alaskan wild.

It Happened One Night (1934)

One of the first road trip movies of all time, this 1934 classic starring Clark Gable and Claudette Colbert is famous for its iconic ankle flaunting scene that has been parodied an endless amount of times. It’s widely considered to be one of the greatest films ever, as the rom-com is filled with endless comedic moments as the pair venture out to New York. It was also one of the last movies released before the Motion Picture Association began stricter enforcement of the Motion Picture Production Code , which severely limited what films could show for nearly three decades.

Midnight Run (1988)

Robert De Niro in a New York to Los Angeles buddy comedy , need anyone say more? The film was both a critical and commercial success, spawning three made-for-TV sequels expanding on the story of various characters throughout the film. With De Niro playing a bounty hunter, the movie perfectly blends hysterical comedy with thrilling excitement and a few heavier, dark moments to keep audiences guessing.

Planes, Trains and Automobiles (1987)

When Steve Martin, John Candy, and John Hughes collaborate on a movie together, the result is sure to be… well, as good as Planes, Trains and Automobiles is. The movie is about a three-day journey to Chicago between two unlikely travel companions—like if The Odd Couple happened in transit. It’s a must-watch performance for both Martin and Candy, with Roger Ebert calling the film “perfectly cast and soundly constructed.”

Little Miss Sunshine (2006)

A tiny budget and an all-star cast led this movie, about travelling to a California child beauty pageant, to become one of the greatest surprise hits of all time. Little Miss Sunshine , won two Oscars , including Best Original Screenplay, and made over US$100 million on just an US$8-million budget . It’s the perfect example of how a beat-up van and a cast of weirdos can be just as engaging as a team of superheroes.

The Cannonball Run (1981)

What’s more exciting than a road trip from Connecticut to California? What about if that road trip was all part of an illegal race across the country? That’s exactly the plot of The Cannonball Run , in which an all-star cast that includes Burt Reynolds, Roger Moore, Dom DeLuise, Farrah Fawcett, Dean Martin, Sammy Davis Jr., and Jackie Chan all race from coast to coast. The Cannonball Run continues to live on in road trip lore with the record having been broken countless times over the years.

National Lampoon’s Vacation (1983)

The National Lampoon’s series has produced some wonderful movies, but Vacation is widely considered to be the best of them all . With John Hughes, Harold Ramis, and Chevy Chase all collaborating on this movie, it’s no surprise that it’s an endless stream of laughs with just the right amount of heartfelt moments sprinkled in.

Rain Man (1988)

Dustin Hoffman and Tom Cruise each give perhaps the best performance of their careers in this iconic movie. The film was a success in every sense of the word, becoming the highest-grossing film of 1988 , making over US$350 million on just a US$25-million budget , alongside winning four Oscars including Best Picture, Best Director, Best Original Screenplay, and Hoffman winning Best Actor. It’s a cross-country road trip about self-discovery and never underestimating people—an absolute must-watch.

Smokey and the Bandit

Burt Reynolds’ directorial debut was everything anyone could have hoped for, with his hilarious and exciting film about a bootlegger and runaway bride trying to smuggle 400 cases of beer from Texas to Atlanta. It was a massive hit , with only Star Wars outperforming this iconic 1977 film at the box office. The on-screen chemistry would even blossom into a real relationship between Reynolds and co-star Sally Field .

Almost Famous (2000)

In this semi-autobiographical story , a young Rolling Stone journalist follows around a touring rock band, getting in all sorts of hijinks along the way. Love, sex, partying, and meeting all sorts of new people make this movie a coming-of-age tale as much as a road trip movie. It’s an absolute must-watch for music lovers, and those who dream of hitting the road and partying every night.

True Romance (1993)

As if travelling from Detroit to Los Angeles wasn’t exciting enough, doing so while being chased by the mob is sure to add some excitement to the road trip. This film marks one of the rare instances of Quentin Tarantino writing the screenplay, but not directing as well, which many people credit for its success .

More for You

Vietnamese businesswoman sentenced to death in multi-billion dollar fraud case

Ketanji Brown Jackson, Supreme Court Justice, Is Moving on From Her $2.5 Million Colonial-Style Home

30 trans celebrities who broke barriers

Gladiator 2 footage stuns CinemaCon with ‘ripped’ Paul Mescal and ‘sinister’ Joseph Quinn

Harvard psychologist shares 5 toxic things 'highly narcissistic' people always do in relationships

In-N-Out burger heiress fought 'toe-to-toe' to keep costs down amid minimum wage hike

Video shows rare 'species of concern' appear in West Virginia forest

European Union's Only Nuclear-Powered Navy Is Getting Ready for War

9 Insider Secrets You Should Know From a Goodwill Employee

IRS used AI to access bank accounts of US citizens: Rep. Harriet Hageman

This common trait is a red flag of a toxic boss, says ex-IBM CEO: 'I used to think it was a great skill'

‘Station 19’ stars reflect on the legacy of one of TV’s most beloved lesbian romances

New doc uncovers racism and inappropriate behavior at popular retailer

Take a look at the workhorse C-130 cargo plane that the US Air Force is reinventing to fight like a bomber

Tiger Woods' updated Masters tee times, groupings for first two rounds at Augusta National

4 Things You Should Never Cook in Cast Iron

Women Are Quiet Quitting Their Marriages

Reacher Season 3: Expected Release, Plot, Cast & News

Why Don't Trucks Have Dual Gas Tanks Anymore?

Bosses with these 3 toxic habits have low emotional intelligence, Harvard-trained psychologist says

Your complete 2024 solar eclipse guide: Everything from TN start times to when the next one is

It's almost time for a total eclipse of the sun.

Tennesseans across the state have a chance to catch a (safe) glimpse of this celestial phenomenon this afternoon. And while the state isn't in the path of totality, it will still be a pretty spectacular view.

Unless you decided to take a road trip to the path of totality like millions of other people  to see the spectacle, you might still be wondering when exactly you should be taking a peak through your eclipse glasses or if you have time to put together a pinhole projector.

To get you through the day leading up to the main event, we've gathered all of the information that you could possibly need to know... and even some that you may not have known you needed.

Take a look at our complete guide to all things eclipse in Tennessee.

What time is the eclipse on Monday?

The eclipse will begin in Texas at 1:27 p.m. CDT and end in Maine at 3:35 p.m. EDT, but the exact time of the eclipse varies by where you are in its path.

In Tennessee, start time for the eclipse with vary depending on where you live in the state.

In Knoxville a nd East Tennessee the eclipse should start about 1:49 p.m. ET/12:49 p.m. CT.

In Nashville and Middle Tennessee , viewers can see the partial eclipse starting around 12:44 p.m.

In Memphis and West Tennessee , which will be the closest to totality, will start to see the eclipse around 12:37 p.m.

You can search by zip code to find the exact time for your location.

Do I need anything special to view the solar eclipse?

Looking at the sun without the right eye protection, for even a short time, can permanently damage the retinas  and even cause blindness, called solar retinopathy, according to  the American Academy of Ophthalmology .

For the eclipse, people should wear special eclipse glasses that let you view it without damaging your eyes. And if you don't have glasses available there are alternative ways to safely view the eclipse.

Here's a couple of last minute ways to view the eclipse safely:

Can I take a photo of the eclipse with my phone?

Yes, but only with a special filter to make sure your phone doesn't get fried.

Back in 2017, NASA provided  tips on how to immortalize the celestial event using a smartphone camera.  NASA said most smartphone photos you'll see won't generally look very good with the typical smartphone system, however there are steps you can take to create some out of this world photos.

NASA recommends making sure the image is properly focused, purchasing a zoom lens attachment and zooming out for a wide-angle view. You'll also need a filter to keep you phone and eyes safe.

For more tips on how to take photos safely without damaging your phone or your eyes, head here .

Radiation from the solar eclipse: Is it harmful?

Once the eclipse reaches totality, the visible corona emits electromagnetic radiation that can appear with a green hue, according to NASA.

"Scientists have studied this radiation for centuries. Being a million times fainter than the light from the sun itself, there is nothing in the coronal light that could cross 150 million kilometers of space ,penetrate our dense atmosphere and cause blindness," read NASA's eclipse misconceptions .

This radiation isn't harmful to us on Earth, but it if you look at the sun before totality could cause some damage to the retina if you aren't using proper eyewear to view it, according to NASA.

What are the major types of eclipses?

Here's a look at the main types of eclipses, according to NASA.

Total solar eclipse : When the moon passes between the sun and Earth, while fully blocking the face of the sun.

Lunar eclipse : When Earth is positioned between the moon and sun, Earth’s shadow falls upon the surface of the moon, dimming it and sometimes turning the lunar face a striking red over the course of a few hours, according to NASA.

Annular solar eclipse : When the moon passes between the sun and Earth, but when it is at or near its farthest point from Earth. Due to the fact that moon is farther away from Earth, it appears smaller than the sun and does not entirely cover the sun. As a result, the moon appears as a dark disk on top of a larger bright disk, creating what looks like a ring around the moon.

Know your eclipse terms: What is an umbra? A penumbra? Here's some terms to know ahead of the 2024 solar eclipse

When is the next solar eclipse after Monday?

After April 8, we will have to wait a bit before we see another solar eclipse in the U.S.

According to NASA, the next total solar eclipse visible from the contiguous U.S. will be on  Aug. 23, 2044 .

When is the next lunar eclipse?

According to Space.com, the next lunar eclipse with be a partial one  on Sept. 17.

It is expected to begin around 7:41 p.m. CT with the maximum point at 9:44 p.m. The partial lunar eclipse is expected to end around 11:47 p.m. CT. This one will be visible over Europe, much of Asia, Africa, North America, South America, the Pacific, the Atlantic, the Indian Ocean, the Arctic and Antarctica, according to  TimeandDate.com .

Advertisement

Supported by

Fjords, Pharaohs or Koalas? Time to Plan for Your Next Eclipse.

If you can’t get enough of totality, or missed out this time, you’ll have three more chances in the next four years in destinations like Iceland, Spain, Egypt and Australia.

• Share full article

By Danielle Dowling

Are you still a little giddy from the magical moments of totality during Monday’s solar eclipse? Or did clouds swoop in to block your view? Maybe you just couldn’t make it to the path of totality this time. No matter what, the question now is “ Where and when will it happen again?”

“People who have never seen it before, the first words out of their mouth after the totality ends is ‘I’ve got to see another one, this is incredible, this is unbelievable.’ That is when you become addicted to these things and end up traveling no matter where the next one is,” said Joseph Rao, an eclipse chaser and guest lecturer at the Hayden Planetarium.

So, if like Mr. Rao, you’ve developed a raging case of umbraphilia — the love of eclipses — you’ll have three chances over the next four years to see the moon blot out the sun. The first, on Aug. 12, 2026, will start above Greenland, then strafe the west coast of Iceland and move along the Atlantic Ocean and over Spain. Almost a year later, on Aug. 2, 2027, another will skirt the Mediterranean coast of North Africa then cross Egypt and part of the Arabian Peninsula. The third, on July 22, 2028, will cut across Australia and the southern tip of New Zealand.

Future Eclipses

Eclipse chasers will have several more chances this decade to view a total solar eclipse .

Last week, as Victoria Sahami , the owner of Sirius Travel , was preparing to guide a group of tourists in Mazatlán, Mexico, for Monday’s big event, she was also planning for these other upcoming eclipses. Ms. Sahami joined the ranks of the eclipse-obsessed when she witnessed one in Venezuela in the 1990s. “Like many people, I was hooked. There was no going back,” she said.

Total solar eclipses happen fairly regularly — about every one to two years — in locations scattered around the world. “That’s the great thing about them: You wind up in places that you don’t normally go,” Ms. Sahami said.

A major spoiler is weather, which will be a big variable in the 2026 eclipse — one Greenland, Iceland and Spain will see.

“Iceland normally has a lot of cloud during that time of year,” said Paul Maley , who runs Ring of Fire Expeditions . “The data shows Spain to have the higher good-weather prospects of all three. However, the sun is low in the sky and the eclipse ends as the sun hits the horizon at sunset.”

Because of Iceland’s mercurial meteorology, Ring of Fire Expeditions is going all in on Spain, with a 10-day excursion on the mainland. Sirius Travel is offering not only a five-day trip to Majorca but also an eight-day tour around Iceland. It will be based in Reykjavik, and the itinerary will remain flexible on the day of the eclipse so the tour can easily pivot toward the location with the least cloud cover. Ms. Sahami recommends the trip for those who already have a few eclipses under their belt and would be happy just to take in the sights of Iceland if the weather doesn’t cooperate.

The 2027 eclipse, on the other hand, promises to be truly stellar: Luxor, Egypt — the site of numerous ancient temples as well as the Valleys of the Kings and Queens — sits right in the middle of the path of totality and will be bathed in darkness for a full 6 minutes 23 seconds. Weather-wise, it is what Ms. Sahami called “a slam dunk.” “You know you’re going to see it. You know that you’re not going to get any clouds,” she said.

But for all its potential, those considering Egypt should be aware that the State Department has a Level 3 “Reconsider Travel” warning for the country because of the risk of terrorism.

The 2028 eclipse will darken the skies over Sydney, Australia, for 3 minutes 49 seconds. It will be the first time the city has experienced a total solar eclipse since 1857. Ms. Sahami has her eyes on a trip based out of there, while Mr. Maley has chartered a cruise ship off the northwest coast of Australia. It will be winter there, he said, but that isn’t likely to mean bad eclipse-viewing weather.

If you want to see any (or all) of these eclipses, you should get started on planning and booking now, particularly if you want to sign up for a trip organized by a tour company. One of Sirius Travel’s excursions to Luxor is already full.

Scrutinize refund policies and look into insuring your trip. Several companies will fully refund your deposit if you cancel a year in advance. A lot can happen, Ms. Sahami said, “but if you think you’re going to go, why not?”

Follow New York Times Travel on Instagram and sign up for our weekly Travel Dispatch newsletter to get expert tips on traveling smarter and inspiration for your next vacation. Dreaming up a future getaway or just armchair traveling? Check out our 52 Places to Go in 2024 .

• Solar Eclipse 2024

10 Surprising Facts About the 2024 Solar Eclipse

A total solar eclipse will sweep across North America on Monday, April 8, offering a spectacle for tens of millions of people who live in its path and others who will travel to see it.

A solar eclipse occurs during the new moon phase, when the moon passes between Earth and the sun, casting a shadow on Earth and totally or partially blocking our view of the sun. While an average of two solar eclipses happen every year, a particular spot on Earth is only in the path of totality every 375 years on average, Astronomy reported .

“Eclipses themselves aren't rare, it's just eclipses at your house are pretty rare,” John Gianforte, director of the University of New Hampshire Observatory, tells TIME. If you stay in your hometown, you may never spot one, but if you’re willing to travel, you can witness multiple. Gianforte has seen five eclipses and intends to travel to Texas this year, where the weather prospects are better.

One fun part of experiencing an eclipse can be watching the people around you. “They may yell, they scream, they cry, they hug each other, and that’s because it’s such an amazingly beautiful event,” Gianforte, who also serves as an extension associate professor of space science education, notes. “Everyone should see at least one in their life, because they’re just so spectacular. They are emotion-evoking natural events.”

Here are 10 surprising facts about the science behind the phenomenon, what makes 2024’s solar eclipse unique, and what to expect.

The total eclipse starts in the Pacific Ocean and ends in the Atlantic 

The darker, inner shadow the moon casts is called the umbra , in which you can see a rarer total eclipse. The outer, lighter second shadow is called the penumbra, under which you will see a partial eclipse visible in more locations.

The total eclipse starts at 12:39 p.m. Eastern Time, a bit more than 620 miles south of the Republic of Kiribati in the Pacific Ocean, according to Astronomy . The umbra remains in contact with Earth’s surface for three hours and 16 minutes until 3:55 p.m. when it ends in the Atlantic Ocean, roughly 340 miles southwest of Ireland.

The umbra enters the U.S. at the Mexican border just south of Eagle Pass, Texas, and leaves just north of Houlton, Maine, with one hour and eight minutes between entry and exit, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) tells TIME in an email.

Mexico will see the longest totality during the eclipse 

The longest totality will extend for four minutes and 28 seconds on a 350-mile-long swath near the centerline of the eclipse, including west of Torreón, Mexico, according to NASA.

In the U.S., some areas of Texas will catch nearly equally long total eclipses. For example, in Fredericksburg, totality will last four minutes and 23 seconds—and that gets slightly longer if you travel west, the agency tells TIME. Most places along the centerline will see totality lasting between three and a half minutes and four minutes.

More people currently live in the path of totality compared to the last eclipse 

An estimated 31.6 million people live in the path of totality for 2024’s solar eclipse, compared to 12 million during the last solar eclipse that crossed the U.S. in 2017, per NASA .

The path of totality is much wider than in 2017, and this year’s eclipse is also passing over more cities and densely populated areas than last time. 

A part of the sun which is typically hidden will reveal itself

Solar eclipses allow for a glimpse of the sun’s corona —the outermost atmosphere of the star that is normally not visible to humans because of the sun’s brightness.

The corona consists of wispy, white streamers of plasma—charged gas—that radiate from the sun. The corona is much hotter than the sun's surface —about 1 million degrees Celsius (1.8 million degrees Fahrenheit) compared to 5,500 degrees Celsius (9,940 degrees Fahrenheit).

The sun will be near its more dramatic solar maximum 

During the 2024 eclipse, the sun will be near “solar maximum.” This is the most active phase of a roughly 11-year solar cycle, which might lead to more prominent and evident sun activity, Gianforte tells TIME.  

“We're in a very active state of the sun, which makes eclipses more exciting, and [means there is] more to look forward to during the total phase of the eclipse,” he explains. 

People should look for an extended, active corona with more spikes and maybe some curls in it, keeping an eye out for prominences , pink explosions of plasma that leap off the sun’s surface and are pulled back by the sun’s magnetic field, and streamers coming off the sun.

Streamers “are a beautiful, beautiful shade of pink, and silhouetted against the black, new moon that's passing across the disk of the sun, it makes them stand out very well. So it's really just a beautiful sight to look up at the totally eclipsed sun,” Gianforte says.

Two planets—and maybe a comet—could also be spotted

Venus will be visible 15 degrees west-southwest of the sun 10 minutes before totality, according to Astronomy. Jupiter will also appear 30 degrees to the east-northeast of the sun during totality, or perhaps a few minutes before. Venus is expected to shine more than five times as bright as Jupiter. 

Another celestial object that may be visible is Comet 12P/Pons-Brooks , about six degrees to the right of Jupiter. Gianforte says the comet, with its distinctive circular cloud of gas and a long tail, has been “really putting on a great show in the sky” ahead of the eclipse.

The eclipse can cause a “360-degree sunset” 

A solar eclipse can cause a sunset-like glow in every direction—called a “360-degree sunset”—which you might notice during the 2024 eclipse, NASA said . The effect is caused by light from the sun in areas outside of the path of totality and only lasts as long as totality.

The temperature will drop 

When the sun is blocked out, the temperature drops noticeably. During the last total solar eclipse in the U.S. in 2017, the National Weather Service recorded that temperature dropped as much as 10 degrees Fahrenheit. In Carbondale, Ill. for example, the temperature dropped from a peak of 90 degrees Fahrenheit just before totality to 84 degrees during totality.

Wildlife may act differently 

When the sky suddenly becomes black as though nighttime, confused “animals, dogs, cats, birds do act very differently ,” Gianforte says.

In the 2017 eclipse, scientists tracked that many flying creatures began returning to the ground or other perches up to 50 minutes before totality. Seeking shelter is a natural response to a storm or weather conditions that can prove deadly for small flying creatures, the report said. Then right before totality, a group of flying creatures changed their behavior again—suddenly taking flight before quickly settling back into their perches again.

There will be a long wait for the next total eclipse in the U.S.

The next total eclipse in the U.S. won’t happen until March 30, 2033, when totality will reportedly only cross parts of Alaska . The next eclipse in the 48 contiguous states is expected to occur on Aug. 12, 2044, with parts of Montana and North Dakota experiencing totality.

More Must-Reads From TIME

• Exclusive: Google Workers Revolt Over $1.2 Billion Contract With Israel
• Jane Fonda Champions Climate Action for Every Generation
• Stop Looking for Your Forever Home
• The Sympathizer Counters 50 Years of Hollywood Vietnam War Narratives
• The Bliss of Seeing the Eclipse From Cleveland
• Hormonal Birth Control Doesn’t Deserve Its Bad Reputation
• The Best TV Shows to Watch on Peacock
• Want Weekly Recs on What to Watch, Read, and More? Sign Up for Worth Your Time

Contact us at [email protected]

You May Also Like

• Skip to main content
• Keyboard shortcuts for audio player

Solar eclipse 2024: Follow the path of totality

Solar eclipse, what you need to know to watch monday's total solar eclipse.

The NPR Network

A stunning celestial event is visible across the country Monday, when the moon crosses directly in front of the sun: a total solar eclipse. For those in the path of totality, there will be a few brief moments when the moon completely covers the sun and the world becomes dark.

Traveling for totality? Skip ahead.

This will be the last chance to catch a total solar eclipse in the continental U.S. for about 20 years, so here's what you need to know to safely enjoy!

When is the eclipse?

April 8, 2024 there will be a total solar eclipse that crosses from the Pacific coast of Mexico through the United States.

What is totality and why it matters

According to NASA , totality will start around 11:07 a.m. PDT/1:07 EDT in Mexico and leave Maine at around 1:30 pm PDT/3:30 pm EDT.

Here's what time the eclipse will be visible in your region

Check out this table for when the partial eclipse and totality are visible in each region or check by zip code here.

A partial solar eclipse will be visible across the contiguous United States, so even if you're not directly in the path, you should be able to see something special, weather permitting.

Unable to get to totality? We'll be sharing highlights here from across the NPR Network throughout the day Monday if you can't see it in real time.

Where to see totality?

More than 30 million people live in the path of totality for Monday's eclipse, and many more in nearby areas.

Here's what we know about Monday's weather forecast.

Why totality matters

As NPR's Neil Greenfieldboyce explains , "During a total eclipse, the sky darkens suddenly and dramatically . The temperature drops. Stars come out. Beautiful colors appear around the horizon. And the once-familiar sun becomes a black void in the sky surrounded by the glowing corona — that's the ghostly white ring that is the sun's atmosphere."

Eclipse Science

For april's eclipse, going from 'meh' to 'omg' might mean just driving across town.

A partial eclipse, while still a fun experience, is hardly as dramatic. Those with a view of the partial eclipse will see crescent-shaped shadows like those seen here in 2017.

How to watch safely

If you plan to look directly at the eclipse (partial or totality), you're going to need eclipse glasses handy because looking directly at the sun without proper protection ( traditional sunglasses don't count! ) can be harmful to your eyes.

The perfect celestial soundtrack to the total solar eclipse

As NPR's Joe Hernandez explains, "Proper eye protection must be worn throughout a total solar eclipse — except for the roughly 3 1/2 to 4 minutes when the moon fully obscures the sun, a brief period known as 'totality.' (You will need to take your glasses off during totality to actually see it.)"

If you don't have access to eclipse glasses, you can get crafty with things you have around the house ( like some of us did back in 2017!) More on that here.

Traveling for totality?

The celestial event is driving a ton of domestic travel to the path of totality. If you're headed out of town to view the eclipse, here are some NPR Network resources for areas in the path of totality:

Texas The path of totality crosses through the Lone Star State, with some areas expecting a possible influx of visitors in the hundreds of thousands to catch prime viewing. Our member stations across the state have gathered local resources to help you navigate the region and the eclipse!

• San Antonio: Check out the latest from Texas Public Radio
• Dallas: Explore KERA's coverage for the latest
• Austin: Head to KUT for the best local resources

Arkansas The eclipse will be cutting through the state, putting Little Rock in the path of totality. Check out Little Rock Public Radio for local resources.

The southwestern edge of the state will be well-positioned to witness the total solar eclipse this year. Kentucky Public Radio is covering the eclipse throughout the region, from Kentuckiana eclipse mania to the University of Louisville's free class about the celestial event. Keep an eye on WKMS for the latest local updates.

Missouri The southeastern corner of the state will be in the path of totality, crossing across towns like Whitewater and Ste. Genevieve. Head to St. Louis Public Radio for local coverage and resources. Illinois Carbondale seems to have won the eclipse lottery, being in the path of totality both in 2017 and for this year's eclipse . For resources from across the state, check out Illinois Public Media .

Indiana A huge portion of the state will be within the path of totality, giving cities across Indiana, including Bloomington and Indianapolis, prime viewing of the eclipse.

• Bloomington: Check out Indiana Public Media
• Indianapolis: Head to WFYI for the latest
• Fort Wayne: Just north of the path of totality, WBOI has resources for the Allen County area

Ohio The Buckeye State is getting bisected by this year's path of totality, plunging a number of the state's most populous areas into darkness for a few minutes on Monday.

• Cleveland: Head to Ideastream Public Media for the latest.
• Columbus: With the capital city just south of totality, head to WOSU for regional resources.
• Cincinnati: Totality will just miss the border town. Here are some tips from WVXU on how to navigate the eclipse in the region.

Pennsylvania Only the northwestern-most corner of the state will catch totality, with views from the lakeside in Erie being particularly well-positioned for a stunning viewing experience. WESA has more from across the region.

Plan to watch the eclipse from a wild mountain summit? Be ready for harsh conditions

New York Buffalo, Rochester, Syracuse and Plattsburgh will fall under the path of totality on Monday. If you're planning to travel to the region for the best views, here are some local resources to stay safe and informed:

• Buffalo: Head to WBFO for the latest
• Syracuse: WAER has more on plans in the Salt City
• North Country: NCPR has the latest from across the region, as well as information on local viewing events to check out

Vermont The Green Mountain State will see totality across its most populous region, including Burlington and Montpelier, as well as the Northeast Kingdom on the Canadian border. Vermont Public has everything you need to know to navigate your time in the region to enjoy the eclipse safely. New Hampshire The northernmost region of the Granite State will be in the path of totality, providing prime viewing to those in Coos County. NHPR has info on local events, travel updates as well as special coverage with New Hampshire Public Television. Maine The last state in the path of totality in the U.S., much of Northern Maine will be positioned for prime viewing. The rural region is preparing for an influx of visitors, and safety officials are encouraging visitors and locals alike to be prepared. Maine Public will be covering the eclipse and has everything you need to know to navigate the region safely.

How to document the eclipse safely

With the ease of cell photography , it can be tempting to reach for your phone to document the eclipse and the moments of totality, but make sure to do so safely.

As NPR's Scott Neuman explains , "For starters, you'll need to wear eclipse glasses or similar protective eye gear while aiming your camera or even just observing the eclipse."

Feeling ambitious? Here are a few more tips.

Or if you're not inclined to capture the moment visually, you lean into some other forms of creative expression. Indiana, for example, has named Linda Neal Reising the official poet in the state for this year's eclipse.

As former NPR reporter and eclipse superfan David Baron shared with Life Kit , viewing totality "[is] like you've left the solar system and are looking back from some other world."

So consider focusing on being present in the moment to enjoy the celestial spectacle.

More resources to enjoy the eclipse

• Sharing the eclipse with tiny humans? Check out these kid-friendly total solar eclipse learning guides from Vermont Public's But Why, and this great explainer from KERA Kids on the difference between a solar and a lunar eclipse.
• Want to see how a solar eclipse alters colors? Wear red and green on Monday
• Plan to wander into the wild for the best view? Here are some tips from outdoor experts.
• Tips from Bill Nye on the best ways to enjoy the eclipse.

NPR will be sharing highlights here from across the NPR Network throughout the day Monday if you're unable to get out and see it in real time. NPR's Emily Alfin Johnson compiled these resources.

• 2024 eclipse